Vergils Aeneid - Forgotten Books

VE R G I L’

S A EN E I D,

B O O K I .

WITH INTRODUCTORY NOTICES, NOTES,

COMPLETE VOCABULARY ,

FOR THE USE

CLASSES READ ING FOR SECOND CLAS S CERT IFICATESUNIVERSITY MATR ICULATION.

JO H N H E N D E R S O N ,M . A .

BT. CATHARINE8 00LLEQIATE IN8TITU’E

NEW EDITION.

T O R O N T 0

THE COPP, CLARK COMPANY (LIMITED ),9 FRONT STREET WEST.

Entered according to Act of the Parl iament of Canada, in the year one thousandeight hundred and ninety-one

,by THE COPP, CLARK COMPANY (LIMITED) , Toronto .

On tario, in the Offi ce of the Mi nister of Agri cu ltu re.

P R E F A C E .

The present edi tion is designed to m eet the wants of students readingfor Second Clas s Certificates and Un iversity Pass M atriculation . The

notes have been pu rposely made COp ious and fi l l When i t is remem

bered that Vergil is usually put into the hands of a school boy at a

very early period of the cou rse, and that the Aen eid is really a di ffi cu ltbook for a jun ior pupil , no apology n eed be offered for the assistan cegiven in this edition . The object of the notes i s prin cipally to explainthe grammati cal di ffi cu lties that occu r . The latest edition of Harkn ess’sLatin Grammar (Standard Edition of 1881 ) is referred to. In regard toOrthography

,though some forms not u suall y met wi th in ordinary

edi ti on s have been in trodu ced , the readings of Ribbeck have not, as a.

whole, been adopted. The pupil wou ld be puzzled i f we were to reade.g. omnia (acc. pl . ) in one line, and omnes in the next

,for the same

case . The letter j throughou t has also been retained . Pupi ls wil l

never learn to appreciate Vergil,i f teachers bother them with ni ce

questions of Latin orthography, whi ch, in many cases, are sti ll indi spute.

The editi on s of Coni ngton ,Kennedy and Greenough have been con

sulted in preparing the notes of the edition.

Sr. Cam anmrs ,May 28th, 1886.

PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION .

In this edition the notes have been considerably enl arged and in manycases entirely re -written . Some slight typographical errors , which i hadvertently crept into the First Edition, have been corrected.

Sr. CATHAR INES , Oct. 24th, 1890.

L IFE O F V ER G IL .

Publi us Vergil ius Maro‘was born on the fifteenth of B i rth.

October, 70, i n the fi rst con su lship of M . Li cin iu s Crassu s

and‘

Cn . Pompei u s, at Andes, (now P ietola ) , a small vil lagenear Mantua . Since the fu ll fran chise was not gi ven to thispart of Gau l (Galh

'

a Transp adana ) till some years afterwards”

,the poet, like many of his predecessors and contem

porari es in literatu re, was not a. Roman, but an Ital ian

provin cial .3

The parents of Vergil, li ke those of Horace,were of p arents.

obscu re birth . Some au thorities say that the poet’s fatherwas a potter, others, that he was a brickmaker, while othersagain assert that he was the servan t of a travell ing merchant

,

Magi u s, whose daughter, Magia Polla, he afterwards married.

\Vhatever may have been hi s occupati on , certai n it is, thathe was at the time of the poet

’ s birth, the steward, factor, orpossessor of an estate near Man tua. The ch i ldhood of

Vergil was passed am id the hi lls and woods that fringedthe verdant banks of the M incius, and the early association of

the poet wi th the lovely scenery in the n eighborhood of hisnative town may account for the exqu isite tou ches of pas

toral li fe which is so well depicted in the Eclogu es and the

Georgics.

Every Roman ci tizen had regu larly three names—d enoting the i ndivid ua l, the

gens or clan , and the f am i l ia . Thus in P u blius Vergi li us Mara,P ubl i u s i s thepracno

men , mark i ng the fud i vi dwi l ; Vergcl iu s is the nomen , denoting the gens or clan ; whileMum is the cognomen , or fam i ly name. Sometimes an agnmnen was added forhonorary d istinction , as Africanus to Scip io, N um i d icus to Metel lus. The original form of

the nam e was Vergi lius ; Virgi li us was not common till the m iddle ages.2 49.

aR u ins B ibaculus was born at Cremona ; Varro,at Atax : Asin ius Polli o

, amongthe Marsi : Aem i l iu s Macer, at Verona ; Cornel ius Gallus, at

'

Forum Ju l i i Horace, atVenusi a ; Qu incti l iu s Varro, at Cremona ; Catullus, at Verona ; Propertiu s, at Umbria ;Ci cero, at Arpinurn ; Sallust , at Ami ternum Li vy , at Patavium . Of the d istingu ishedmen of the time Ti bu l lus , Caesar, and Lucretius alone were born at Rome .

Vergi l goesto Rom e ,

B .C. 53.

LI FE 0 1“

V l‘j ltG l l . .

Ve rgil began his studies at C'remona,where, we are told

,

he assumed the toga vi ri li s on the same day on whichLucretiu s died . The town i tself had already been noted,having been the birthplace of Furius B ibacu lus

,and of the

critic, Qu incti li u s Varro .

After a brief stay at Cremona , and subsequently at Medi obmam the poet wen t to Rome . In the capital

,

Vergil, after the fashion of the day, attended the lecturesof rhetorician s and philosophers. Under Epidius, the rhe

torician ,the teacher of Marc An tony and afterwards of

Octavi u s, and under the Epicurean philosopher, Siren , the

poet became acqu ainted with the outlines of rhetoric and

philosophy. It is qu ite probable that.

his father intended himfor the bar

,but a wea k voice and a d i ffiden t manner were i h

superable barriers in the way of obtain ing dis tin ction in

public speaking. Vergil soon gave up rhetori c, and, in fact,renoun ced poetry for the more congen ial study of philosophy.

Under Siren ,he seems to have made cons iderable progress in

Epicu rean phi losophy , and the love he retained for this bran chof learn ing is plain ly observable in many Of his extan twritings .‘ In a m inor poem , gen erally supposed to be genu ine,he welcomes the exchange Of poetry and rhetoric for moreusefu l studies

Away with you , empty colou red flagons of the rhetori

eiau s, words swollen , bu t not with the dews of Greece and,

away with you ,Stilo

,Tagitiu s and Varro, you , nation of

pedan ts, soaking with fat : you ,empty cymbals of the class

room .Farewell, too , Sabinu s, friend of all my friends now

,

farewell, al l my beau tifu l compan ion s, we are setting our

sails for a haven of bli ss, going to hear the learned words of

the great S iren ,and we mean to redeem our li fe from all

d istraction . Farewell, too, sweet Mu ses ; for, to tell thetruth, I have found how sweet you were : and yet, I pray

youlook on my pages again ,

but with m odesty and at rare

intervals. ”5

After a short stay at Rome, Vergil probably went to Naples,

where, we are told , Partheniu s, an other Epicu rean , was his

i n stru ctor. The great Epic6 of Lu cretiu s , added to the

4 Eclogue : VL ; G eorg : IV 219 ; Aen : I . , 7 43 ; 724 ; Georg : [ I“Catalepta : VI I .D c R erum Natu ra.

LI FE OF VE RG I L .

teachings of hi s instru ctors gave, no doubt, his m ind a strongbent towards the doctrines of Epicu ru s . It is probable thatthe poet retu rn ed to his father ’s farm before the ou tbreak of

Retumthe warbetween Pompey and Caesar

,B.C . 49. It is also likely home.

that he remained there t ill after the battle of Philippiand that he employed his time in gain ing by observation

materi als whi ch he afterwards employed in his great didacticpoem ,

the Georgics . Un like Horace, Vergil sympathizedwith the party of Caesar. The formation of the SecondTriumvirate threw the Roman world into the broils of a civilwar. In the division of the provin ces

, the Gau ls (exceptGa ll ia N arbonensis) fell to An tony. The lands of eighteenci ties were given up to reward the legion s of the u nscrupu

lou s An tony, and among the lands were those of Cremona.

The district around this city failing to satisfy the greedyrapacity of the legi onaries of the Triumvir

,the farm s of the

neighbou ring Mantua were seized, and among the lands con0

fiscated were those of the poet ’s father, o. Asin ine Pollio ,

the prefect of Ga l/i d, Transpadana , unable to restrain the

lawlessness of the soldiers of An tony, sen t Vergil to R omewith a recommendation to Augustu s to allow the poet toretain his paternal estate. It is qu ite probable that con

gen ial tastes aud a recogniti on of the gen iu s of Vergi l may f ahave influen ced Pollio to take this course. At the close of

the same ~

year (41 however, war broke out anew

between Octaviu s and L. Antoniu s . Poll io, was deposed fromoffi ce

,and Alfenu s Varus appointed i n his stead. An other

division of lands followed, and the poet is said to have beendeprived of his estate the second time.

7 His friends Gallu s , $1220

,nPolli o

, and Paru s, however, in terposed and saved his farm . farm

By them he was introduced to Maecenas , the patron of

literary men— afterwards the prime m in ister of Augustu s.This ‘year marks the beginn ing of the rising fortunes of the B .

z

C:

poet. With his friend and patron , Pollio as Consu l, Verg1lf ortu nes ofbecame the honoured member of a literary coteri e which Ve’f’d

graced the table of Maecenas. The intimacy that Vergilenjoyed at cou rt

,is shewn by his being on e of those who

wen t to Bru ndisium along wi th Maecenas , when the latterwas negotiating a treaty between Augu stu s and Antony. s

Regai ns his

7 E ' logu es : I . and IX.

eHorace : Satires I . , 5 and 10.

Death.

LI FE OF VE RG I L .

Through the mun ifi cen t kindness of hi s patron s he wasraised to lu xu ry and afil uence . He had a mag nificent hou sein Rome on the Esquiline near the residences of Horace and

Maecenas, estates in Sicily, and in Campania, near Naples.The m il d climate and clear skies of Southern Ital y su ited hisdelicate con stitu tion , and till hi s death, his Campan ian residence was hi s favorite abode .

9 From the date of his earlyEclogu es till his death , l ittle need be said of his life exceptthat be devoted himself to study and to the completion of

his imm ortal works. In the year B .C. 19, he went toG reece, possibly with a view to restore his health, and togive a fin ish to his great work, the Aeneid. At Athen s hemet Augustu s who had ju st returned from Samos. Vergilretu rned to Italy in company with the Emperor

,but di ed at

Bru ndisium three days after he landed, 22na September,19 B .C. He was bu ried near Naples, on the road leading toPu teol i (Puzzuoli ). His epitaph, said to have been di ctated

elf in his last moment, was as foll owsMan tu a me genu i t ; Ca labri rapuere tenet mmePa/rthenope. Cecin i pascua, rura, duces.

l o

rgil is generally descri bed as of tall stature, deli cate

omely features, and dark mplexion , abstinen t inthe u se oi food, shy, and fond of re 1rement. Horace is saidto have had Vergi l in his m ind’s eye when he wrote” the

l in es thus rendered by Con ington

The man is passionate, perhaps mi splacedIn social circles of fasti di ou s tas te ;His i l l - trimmed heard, his dress of u ncou th style,His shoes i ll -fitti ng, may provoke a. smi leB ut he

'

s the sou l of virtue but he’s k ind,

Bu t that coarse body hides a m ighty m ind .

He was so pu re and chaste that the Neapolitans gave ‘

him

the name of Parthen ias, or the maiden .

12 He i s said tohave been shy and even awkward in society

, and these traits

9 Geo. IV. , 563. Il lo Vergi li um me tempore du lcis a labatP arthenope, studi i s floren tem. ignobi li s oti .

10Some have taken the last line to refer to the Eclogu es , the Georgics, and theAeneid .

1‘Hor. Sat. 1 . 3, 29-34.

13m i peevoq, a maiden .

WORKS OF VE li G IL .

even the polished society of the Capital never su cceeded i n

an irreligious age, he had the strongestreligi ous sentiment ; in the m idst of vice, he remained virtuous and while licentiou sness di sfigures the writings of

many of his brother poets, the pages of Vergil everywhereincu lcate the highest truths of morali ty and virtue.

II.

WORKS.

Vergi l i s said to have attempted in his you th an epic Enq'lyworks.

poem" on the wars of R ome,but the diffi culty of the task

soon led him to abandon his design . H is earlier poem s,

Culeaz, Moretum,Ciris, Copa and those that pass under the

name Catalepta , though they give little proof of great ability,sti ll show the carefu l attention the poet bestowed on metreand di ction . The writings that first established the reputati on of Vergil were the Eclogues, 14 pastoral poems, ten in E0109W 3.

number, written between 43 B .C .-37 B.C.

This class of poetry was as yet unknown in Italy, though it Theocri tushad already reached its perfection in the hand of the Sicilian as a pvstmfl -l

Theocritu s, whose influewe may be traced in many writers poet.

from the days of Vergil to those of Tennyson . The Idyll f’of

the Sicil ian exh ibits a tru e pictu re of the shepherd ’s life. The

joys and sorrows, character, sen timen t and habits of the ru ralswains, the pin y woods of fertile Sicily, the upland lawn swi th feeding flocks , the sea and sky of his native islandare delin eated so true to natu re, that the homely bard not

only won the ear of the most critical period of Greek literatu re, but has left his undyin g impress on all subsequen tpastoral poetry. As K ingsley has said, Theocritu s is one ofthe poets who wi ll never die . He sees men and things in hisown light way, tru ly ; and he descri bes them simply

, hon

13 Eclogue VI . , 3.14These were called by the generic term B ucoli ca (fiovKoAucti , sci l , 1ron ina -

ra,from

flovo éw, to attend cattle) . The term Eclogue is from the Greek eo -

yri , a choi ce

collection ,and may mean that the poems under that name were a col lection from a

larger number. Spenser wrote the word n logu e and followed the deri 1 ation of

Pe trarch,0.5v Aciyot ,

“ta les of goats ” or ta les of goatherds n

15 ei SdM ov, a l i ttle p icture.

l O

Theocri tusand Vergi lcmnpared .

D i vis i on ofEclogu es.

WORKS OF VE l i G l L.

estly, and with careless tou ches of pathos and humor,while

he floods his whole scene with that gorgeou s Sicilian air likeone of Titian ’s pictu res, and all this is told i n a langu age and

metre which shapes itself almost unconsciou sly, wave afte rwave, into the most luscious joy.

"

Vergi l’s Eclogues, on the other hand, can hardly be said tobe true pictu res of pas toral life. Hi s shepherds and shepherdesses belong to the island of Sicily rather than to thedi strict of Mantua. Often , too, he makes the shepherd ’sdress a mere pretext for discu ssing some political event

,or for

paying some complimen t to Pollio, Varro, or Gallu s. H ischaracters are too conventional , his representation of lif e istoo artificial . In the Roman Eclogue we mi ss that individuali zing the character which so strongly marks the GreekIdyl. Stil l the earlier poem s of Vergil have beau ties . Theirmelodious di ction ,

thei r soft and easy flowing style, 16 wereadmired by Horace, no mean judge of the poe t ’s art.

Dunlop divi des the Eclogu es into two classes : ( 1 ) those inwhich

,by a sort of allegory, some events or characters of

the time are drawn under the image of pastoral life as in l,

10 : (2 ) those in which shepherds and ru ral scenes are

really depicted, as in_

2, 3, 6, 7 , 8, 9. Others d ivide them

( 1 ) those copied from Theocritu s, W l , 2, 3, 5, . 7 , 8, 9 : (2 )those more original, as 4, 6, 10.

The Georgics The Georgics, 17 in fou r books, was written (between B .C.

37—B .C . 3018) at the requ est of Maecenas19 to whom the

poem was dedicated . In this didactic Epic , Vergil copieslargely from Hesiod, N icand

’

er, and Aratu s . 20 While the

E‘clogues have ju stly been regarded as inferior to the Idyls ofhi s Greek o riginal, Theocritu s, the Georgics , on the otherhand, have been accou nted superior to any other poem on the

W Sat. I . 10, 45.

wGeorgica ’yewp‘

ycxd, from ye¢i =yfi, the earth and Epyov, a work.

"3The chief historical events alluded to in the Georgics are : the death of Ju l iu sCaesar, 44 B .C . (B . 1 , the civi l wars ended by the battle of Ph i l ipp i , 42

the wars wag ed (34 B .C. ) in Parthia u nder An tony and those on the

Rhine under Agrippa (B . 1 , the battle of Actium and the subm ission of the

East, B .C . 30 (B . 2, 172 ; 3, 4,

the irruption of the Daci on the Danube,

30 (B . 2 ,

‘9 See the opening lines of Georgics, I . and IV.

9° Hesiod ’s Works and Days ; Aratu s’s Phaenomena ,

’

N icander’

s Georgics ,

WO RKS OF VE RG IL.

same subject that has ever appeared . The harm oni ous and Roma “ of

gracefu l language, the pleasing descriptions of ru ral scenes, the Georgics.

the apt and charm ing episodes, all combine to lend an

in terest to a subject,which in any other bands wou ld have

been intolerably dull . The time was ripe for su ch a poem .

Agricu l tu re had b( en the chief employment and the honoredoccupation of the Romans from the early days of the

C ity. The long- con tinu ed wars had,however, desolated

Italy,

21and Vergil with sorrow lamen ts, “ the plough hath

not its meed of honor, the fields li e neglected, and the

ti ll ers are off to the war ; the crooked prun ing hooks are

forged into s ti ff Even afte r war had ceased, thesoldier, too long acc u stomed to camps and the excitement of am il itary li fe, cared little abou t the prosaic life of a farmer.To recall the peaceful habits of rural indu stry

,the poem ,

which Addi son pronoun ces“the most complete , elaborate

and fi nished piece of all an tiqu ity,

”was written . The first Con tents of

book treats of til lage, the second of orchards, the thi rd of theGeorgia

care of horses and cattle, and the f ourth of bees. The twomost su ccessfu l im itat ion s in English of thi s poem are Phi lips

’

s

Pastora ls , and Thompson ’s Seasons. Y et, no one can readthe English im itation s withou t being stru ck with their inferiority to the poem of Vergil .The Aeneid, 23 in twelve books

,written between 29 B .C. A enei d.

and 19 B C recou nts the story of the escape of Aeneas frombu rn i n g Troy, hi s wanderings over the deep in search of a

home which the fate s had prom ised, his final settlement inItaly as the founder of the Roman Empire destined i n afterages to rule the world . No doubt

,Vergil, borrowed largely

from the Greek and Roman writers who preceded him . The targfzdwi thRoman s were original in no department of l iteratu re

,except p lagi arism .

1 1 C ivi l wars, almost con tinuous , had raged in I taly from 49 -31 B .C.

” Georg. 1 , 507 :

non ul lus aratroDignas honos, squ a lent abductis arva coloni s,Et ourvae rig idum f a lces con/Zantur i n enseln .

23The fi rst notice of the Aene id that we have is in a letter of Vergi l to Augustus,writte n probably B .C. 26, when the latter was on an exped i tion ag ain st the Can tabriung De Aenea gu ide": mm, atmehercu le jam d ignam auribus haberem tu l

’

s, li ben term i tterem : scd tanta fu rkoa l a res es t, u t paon e vi ti is man tis tan tum opu s i ngressus m ihivi deu r, c um praesertim ,

u t scio, a l ia quoque stud io . ad i d opus multoque p otiora

imp retiar. Macrob. Sat. 1 , 2 1, 12 .

WO RKS OF VERG I L.

perhaps in the departments of Hi story and Ju risprudence.

Vergi l can hardly be called a borrower any m ore than the restof his countrymen in other spheres of letters . The rel igion ,

the philosophy, the very polit ical life of the Romans,were

all of composite stru ctu re, and poe try cou ld scarcely avoidthe eclecticisnl that everywhere prevailed. The object ofVergil was to produ ce a national epic, by showing the variou s steps of the growth of the Empire, and i n doing this

,

he had to give prom inence to the influ en ce of Greek literatu re as an important element i n moulding Roman thought.

Vergil had been severely censured“ for his deficiency inthe power of invention ,

for his interm ixtu re of Greek and

Latin tradition s, for hi s anachron i sm s, for his mode of re

presenting the character of Aeneas, and for the sameness ofthe individual cha l acters . These are the main chargesbrought by his detractors, and gran ting the fu ll indictmen tbrought again st the poem , Vergil still has the prou d claimof being one of the greatest of epic poets . No doubt hispower of invention i s less than Homer ’s

,no doubt he di d

interm i l igle the tradition s of Greece and those of Rome, (for

thi s,'

as we have remarked, cou ld hardly be otherwise in hisage ), no doubt he did comm it the heinou s crime of anachron

i sm , but he sin s in this along with Shakespeare and M ilton,

and there is no doubt that this hero Aeneas is cold-bloodedand un in teresting. These defects, however, are far morethan coun terbalanced by hi s many excellen cies. There i sin Vergil a great tenderness of feeling, something better andmore charm ing than mere Roman virtue or m orality. Thathe excels in pathos, as Homer in sublim ity, is an old

Opin ion ,and i t

' is surely the right one . This pathos i s givenat times by a single epithet, by a slight touch

,with gracefu l

art by an indirect allu sion this tenderness is more strikingas contrasted with the stern Roman character and with thestately majesty of the verse . The poet never becomesaffected or sen timen tal ; he hardly ever oflends againt goodtaste he knows where to stop he i s excellen t in his silenceas well as i n his speech ; Vergil, as Wordsworth says

,is a

master of language, but no one can really be a m aster oflanguage un less he be also a mas ter of thought of wh ichlanguage i s the expression .

5“Especially by the Emperor Cal igu la, Markland , and N iebuhr.

WORKS OF VERGI L .

C r utwell thus defends Vergil in regard to the main charge :The Aeneid was meant to be

,above all things

,a national

poem, carrying on the lines of thought, the style of speech,which nati onal progress had chosen and it was not meant toeclipse, so much as to do honor to, early literatu re . Thusthose bards who

,like Enn iu s and Naevius

, had done goodservice to Rome by singing, however rudely, her history, findtheir imagines ranged i n the gall ery of the Aeneid . Thusthey meet with the flamens and pontifl

'

s, who drew up the

ritual formularies ; wi th the antiquarian s and piou s scholars,

who had sought to find a meaning in the immemorial names,

whether of place or cu stom or person with the magistrates,n ovelists and philosophers

,who had striven to ennoble and

en lighten Roman vi rtue, with the Greek singers and sages,

for they, too, had helped to rear the towering fabric of Roman

greatness. All these meet together in the Aeneid, as in

solemn con clave, to review their join t work, to acknowledgeits final completion ,

and to predict its impending downfall .This i s beyond question the explanation of the wholesaleappropr iation of others ’ thoughts and langu age, which wouldotherwi se be sheer plagiari sm .

”

Vergi ldefended.

The object that Vergil had in writing the Aeneid is variou sly Object Ofstated by writers . Spence, Holdsworth and Warton say that

the poem was written with a political object to reconci le theRoman s to the new order of things. This vi ew is also heldby Pope, who says that the poem had as mu ch a politicalobject as Dryden ’s Absalom and Achi tophel that i ts primaryobject was to praise Augu stu s, and the secondary one was toflatter the Roman s by dwell ing on the splendor of theirori gin .

“ Au gustus is evidently typified under the characterof Aeneas, both are cau ti ou s and wise in coun sel ; both arefree from the perturbation s of passion they were cold

,uh

feel ing, and un interesting ; thei r wisdom and policy wereworldly-minded and calcu lating. Augu stus was con sciou sthat he was actin g a part, as his last words show and the

contrast between the sentim ent and condu ct of Aeneas,when

ever the warm impu lses of affection m ight be supposed tohave sway, l ikewi se created an impression of in sin cerity.

The characteristic virtue which adorn s the hero of the Aeneidas the epithet p ins, so con stantly applied to him shows , was

filial piety, and there was no virtue which Augu stus more

‘en

14 LI FE or VERG lL.

ostentatiou sly put forward than dutifu l affection to Ju liu s Caesar whoadopted him.

”—BROWNE .

III.

PRINCIPAL ROMAN EPIC WRITERS.

[ The Studen t shou ld consult Smi th’

s Classi cal D i ction aryf or an accou nt of thesubjoi ned poets ]

L. Variu s.

Pedo Al binovanus.

P. Vergi lius Maro.

M . Annaeu s Lucanus.C Va leri us Flacons.C . S i li us I tal iens.

P. Papin i us Stati us.

W.

CHRONOLOGY OF VERGIL’S TIMES .

Dara. LIFE orVERGIL. LITERA RY Cnnouonoer.

Ci cero’s Verrine orations.

Corneliu s Gallus b o rn.

Cicero’s Speeches P roFon teta and P ro Cae

Horace born at Venusia.

The Coti linart’

an orations Second conspi racy ofof Ci cero. Cati l ine.First Triumvirate .

Translated the Odyssey in to Satu rn ian Verse.

Wrote the first National Ep icTHE FIRST PUNIC WAR.

A nnales, i n 18 Books : i ntroducedthe Hexameter.Translated the I l i ad.

B ellum I strlum.

DeRerum N atura , in 6 Books.Translated the Argonau tica ofRhod ius, and wrote B ellumSequantcum.

De Morte Cuesafi s.

Thesets.

E clogue, Georgi'

ca , Aenei s.P harsa l i a .

Argonau ti ca, in 8 Books.

P umica .

A chi llei s, Thebais

, S i lvae.

Fi rst Consulshi p of Pompey and Crassus.

Cicero aed i le. Lucullusdefeats Mi thradates atTigranocerta.

Pompey carri ed on waragainst the pirates.

First Catil inarian conspiracy. Caesar aed i le.

L I FE OF VERGI L .

CHRONOLOGY , &c., ( Continued .

Darn. Lm ; orVlmeu. Lmsmi av Cnnouonoer. Crvm Cnsouonoor.

Vergil assumes the Death of Lucretius, Caesar’s fi rst invasion oftoga vi ri li s at Cremona.

Vergil begins the Caesar's second invas ion of

study of philoso~

phy.

Earli est date of Ec

lognes.Eclogue II . pro

bably wri tten.

Eclogues III. and V. Horace serves as Phil ippi fought.wri tten. bunus mi li tam at

ippi.

Consulsh ip of Pol io.Treaty of Brundisium.

34 Death of Sallust.81 Battle of Actium.

V 29 Aeneid begun .

26 Augustus wri tesVergil concern ingthe Aeneid.

Death ofMarcellus

Death of Vergi l atBrundi si um.

Caesar dictator. Confersthe franchise on th e

Transpadan i .

Battle of Pharsalia. Deathof Pompey.

Caesar assassinated.

Second Triumvi rate.

16 METRE or THE AENEID .

METRE .

The dactyl ic The Aeneid iswri tten in the heroic metre of the Roman shm m te"

viz . : the dactylic hexameter. This was the most an cient aswell as the most dign ified form of verse among the Greeksand Romans . It was cu lti vated at an early period

, far

beyond the beginn ings of au thentic hi story, as we find it ini ts most perfect shape in the poem s of Homer and Hes iod

,

and the respon ses of the Delphic oracle . Enn iu s is said tohave discarded the rude Satu rn ian metre of his predecessors

,

and to have in troduced the hexameter among the Romans.Vergil is generally con sidered as the model of thi s ki nd of

verse among the Latins .

The dactylic hexameter con sists,as its name impli es

.

of six

feet, the fi rst four of which may be dactyls or spondees the

fifth is u sual ly dactyl, and the sixth in variably a spondee.The foll owi ng is the scheme

U U U U U U

l —1

(1 ) For the comparati ve number of dactyls and spondees inthe fi rst fou r places no defini te ru le can be gi ven. General lyspeaking, the line is more sm ooth when the arrangement isvaried to avoid monotony. A su ccession of dactyls may beused for vari ous reason s, e.g. , qu ick motion, cp. B. I . 90.

Intom‘

Z léré p6 li , | é l crébir is mi cc‘

i tl ign ibus l (Téthér,

Where the qu ick flashes of lightn ing and the instan t peals ofthunder fall in quick su ccession .

So ln -B . I . 150Jd/mqué

'

f d c| és Et] sa'

mc'

i vo'

lldnt furo'

fl drmli min | lstrdt

where the qui

ck succession of brands and stones foll ow.

On the other hand a su ccession of spondees may be em

ployed to describe a labou red effort cp. B. I. 118.

Adpdrie‘

nt rd lfri ndntlés ln | gfirgi tél vdsto'

.

Here the slow spondees mark the struggli ng motion s of thecrew am id the waves.

So also a dign ified gait may be imi tated by successi veSpendees : B . I . 46 .

A st é’

go'

| qua? d i lvwm incé ldo'

ré lginc‘

i Jo'

vli squé'

.

METRE on THE AENE ID.

Last word (4) The last word in a dactylic hexameter line i s for themost part a dissyllable

,

$ 1 or a trisyllable . A qu adrisyllable israrely allowed, except in the case of a proper name. Sometimes, bu t rarely, a monosyll able is employed at the end of a

line, and generally in the case of eat, and then usually withan elision : B. I. 105.

D 66 lc‘

itfis l; i nsé’

qu i'i z2r prazfrfiptds (

‘

i quae mans. )

Eap lérla'

ré’

lablér ; m ihi | jzi ssc‘

i cap léssérfl fds Estl

Ac vd z‘

i Iti maglno i n p6pfi l | o cam] 8521723“

co|arta am(5) M etrica l figures

(a) E li sion occu rs when a word ending in a vowel or diphthong, or with the letter, -m preceded by a vowel and thefol lowing word begin s with a vowel, diphthong, or the letterh. When such is the case the last syllable of the word soending with a vowel, d iphthong, or the letter -m preceded bya vowel is eli ded, i .e . , stru ck out together, and in scansion isnot regarded as a part of the verse, e .g.

( l ) B . I . 95

Qu i s ri n lte 67 2i paltrdm Tro‘

L771 ? 3d m o-

én ibii sl dlti s.

(2) B. I. 210I lli 85 pra e dae decinglfint dap iblasquéf d jtdri 8. |

(3) B. I . 180A ené lds scb

’

pz‘

i lum intéréjd consclénd it, étl omném.

(4 ) B. I . 213M i tt

‘

i té l; forsan ét hae‘

c allim me'

m in lissé jfivldbit.

(5) B . I . 246Itmc

‘

ir‘

é l proraptuml éi pélc‘

igloprém i t] drva’

son ldnti .

In ( 1 ) the vowel -e in an te i s elided, i . e . ,left ou t in scan

sion before the vowel o in the next word ora .

In (2 ) the d iphthong -ae in praedae is elided before accin

gun/t.

In (3) the -um i s eli ded before the ini erea .

In (4) ci is not affected i n scansion by the h in haec.

In (5 ) - 'u.m i n prorup tum is elided before e i n et.

3‘Leaving out the three unfin ished l ines in the fi rst book of the Aeneid we have 420

d issyllabic : 323 trisyllabic 8 monosyllabic : 2 quadrisyllabic endings.

METRE OF THE AENE ID .

(b) The non-eli sion of a final vowel or d iphthong before an Hi atus.in itial vowel , h or diphthong is called a hiatus

,e .g. ,

B. I 16

Posthabi i d Sci |m6, hi e] i lli us Idrmfi .

B . I . 6 17

Time i lle [A ené lds qu ém |Ddrdani | 6 An chisaflThe fi rst hiatu s may be explained that in the case of a

proper noun ,and a sen se pau se, the hia tus is admissible. In

the second example con siderable license is adm itted in thecase of a proper n oun .

(c ) Synaeresis i s defined as the un ion of two vowels in Synaerecis.sound which shou ld be properly pron oun ced separately : as

- ei in O i le—i ;

-eu in [ lioneus ; -ci in da nde. This figu re is alsocal led Syn izesis .

e.g. B . I . 120

Jet n, vc‘

i li ldam [ l i én 67 mi n ém, jam forti s A chdtfi z.

B . I . 195Vina b

‘

o’

n | fis quae dgi ndé cdd | i s mermmcf oli stés.

(d) Synapheia is the prin ciple of continu ou s scan sion . It Synapheia .

sometimes happen s that a final vowel , diphthong, or -m pre

ceded by a vowel at the end of a line i s elided before thein itial vowel, diphthong, or It at the beginn ing of the nextli ne

e . g. B . I. 332Jdcté imar docé as i gh ari h6mi |mimque lclconzmlque

Errdmus,

So also , B . I . 448A eri e? cal grad

‘

i has sarlgébdnt llimi nd , | néxdé lque

A er‘

é trabes,

In these li nes the final vowel in -que is stru ck out before

the in itial vowel i n the fi rst word of the succeeding line.

There are altogether twen ty-on e hypermetrical lines inVergil .

(e ) Ictus i s the beat of the foot which corresponds with the 1ows.

e levation of the voice This natu rally falls on the firstsyllable of the foo t , and we , therefore , find cases o ccu rring in

STORY OF THE AENEID.

which a syllable n atu rally short is leng thened, simply fromits occupying the natu ral position of a long syllable .

( l ) B . I . 308Qu i te/1231571 16, nam in icz

'

tlic‘

i vi ldEt, hdmi n lésnéf ér Eéné .

(2) B . I . 478P e

‘

r térram | c‘

i vérlsd p il l vie i n scribi tz‘

i r

(3) B . I . 651P érgamr

‘

i | ezZm in lco'

neésslo‘

sque hjmé'

n aeos,

(4) B . I. 668L i tb

’

rii jacté itdr, o'

cl i i s Jd mi n i s in li quae,

THE STORY OF THE AENEID .

Ancestors of Aeneas was the son of An chises and Venu s,

and thu sAeneas. conn ected with the royal fam ily of Troy. In the earlier

stages of the war he did not take any part, and not ti ll hisflocks were driven from Moun t Ida by Achill es di d he leadhis followers again st the Greeks . When the Greeks, after

a siege of ten years, took the city, according to Vergi l,Aeneas carries off on his shou lder the aged An chises

,takes

the young Ascan iu s by the hand while Creu sa followsbehind, and escapes to M ount Ida. His wife Creusa in the

confu sion of the siege is lost in the darkness. He appearsto have remained on

.

Ida till the second year of the war,

when ,with a fleet of twenty vessels and a number of fol

lowers, he set sail from Troy in qu est of lands destined bythe fates. He fi rst lands in Thrace

,and begin s to bu ild a

Thrace . city,but is deterred by the ghost of the mu rdered Polydoru s .Next he sails to Delos, then to Crete, where the Penates

appear to Aeneas, and declare his destined home to be inItaly, the native land of Dardanu s. Again he sets sai land is driven by a storm to the Strophades, Leu cadi a, andChaoni a where he finds Helenu s, a seer, son of Priam

, and

A t Sici ly.

king of that coun try, who tells Aeneas to sail round Sicily.

The ships of Aeneas land m the country of the Cyclops Poly

phemu s, near Aetna, when Achemen ides, whom Ulysses had,

left behind in the cave of the Cyclops, advi ses them to

flee from the land of Polyphemu s . Gu ided by Achemeni des,

Aeneas passes Scylla and Charybdis and lands at Drepan um,

STORY OF THE AENE ID . 2

where An chises dies . He then starts out for Italy, but stressof weather

'

drives him on the coast of Africa, near Karthage .

A t Kafl hage

Juno aware that Rome one day would conquer her belovedKarthage had an un relen ting hatred again st Aeneas, and

in stigated Aeolu s to let loose the wi nds and wreck the Trojanfleet. Neptune, however, interferes in time and calms thetroubled waves . The Trojan s had a sheltered harbor for theseven remain ing ships and soon they land. They afterwardsdiscover that they are on the coast of Africa. Jupiter hadmeanwh ile despatched Mercu ry to prepare Dido to give a

kind welcome to the shipwrecked foll owers of Aeneas . Sur.

rounded by a cloud, and invi sible to all , Aeneas and Achates

go to explore the coun try. They see the towers and wall s ofthe youthfu l city and are surprised to find their m issing comrades holding audien ce with the queen . Under the guise ofAscani us, Cupid is sent by Venus to kindle love in the breastof D ido . Dido is married to Aeneas. Other fortunes thefates had in store for him . Mercury is sen t to remon stratewith Aeneas. In spite of the love and en treaties of Dido

, the

order is given to sail, and on ce more the Trojans steer forItaly . D ido, through grief for her fi ckle lover, moun ts the Di dowasfuneral pile and stabs herself, and then her attendants bu rn herherself.body . He arr ives a second time at Drepanum and then forn ine days celebrates the funeral games in honor of his dead Arrivas s ifather, Anchises . While the games were in progress

, some of 35073131 “x

second time.

the Trojan women despai ri ng of ever havmg a settled home,

fire the ships. Jupiter sends rain and puts out the fire, butnot till after four ships are destroyed. Aeneas leaves in Sicilyall the elderly people and all weary of roam ing where theyfound Segesta. The rest sail for Italy and land at Cumae .

-

a dsThen he meets the Sibyl, under whose gu idan ce he descended Segesta .

to the lower world and learn s the full details of his futurel ife.

Latinus , king of the land on which Aeneas landed, hada daughter Lavini a, whose

‘hand is sought for by Turnus

,

king of the Rutu li . The Latin s summon alli es from all Si des to Wars i nrepel the foreigners, while Aeneas obtains the aid of Evander Italy.

and seeks the assistan ce of the Etru rians . While he wasabsent, the Trojan camp is attacked withou t su ccess byTu rnu s, and the Latins. Aeneas retu rn s and displays hisprowess in battle. He slays Mezentius, the Etruscan , andTurnus, and afterwards marries Lavi nia.

CONTENTS OF THE FI RST BOOK OF AENE ID .

THE CONTENTS OF THE FIRST BOOK.

The 5mm “ . The poet invokes the Mu se to sing of the wanderings of

£33

1 .

Aeneas o ’

er the deep, and his su fferings while attempting tolay the foundation s of imperial Rome . The trials of the heroare ascribed to the unrelenting rage of cruel Juno .

The reasons Karthage, a city of Africa, was founded of yore by settlers{lo

g-

”ism s

from Tyre. This city, rich in wealth and proud in war, wascherished by Juno before all other places . She, however,was apprehen sive of its destruction becau se she had heardthat a remn ant of the Trojan s were sail ing o’er the sea, whosedescendants were destined in after days to overthrow her

beloved Karthage. The slight offered to her beau ty in the

decision of Pari s,son of Priam , the late king of Troy, and the

honors lately heaped on Ganym ede tended to foster herburn ing hate, and she accordingly determ in ed to keep theTrojan s away from Italy.

The Trojan s had left the port of Drepanum i n Sicily, whereAn chises, the father of Aeneas had died, and were dashingthrough the foamin g brine wi th brazen keel . Juno comes toAeolu s, the god of winds, and in stigates him to send a stormto overwhelm the Trojan s in the deep . In case he carriesout her purpose, she prom ises the fairest of all her nymphsDeiopeia, as a wi fe.

The storm -Aeolus lets loose the wi nds, and i n an instant the East,

ggfgf

s

sf orth: South, and Sou th -West winds lash the waves into fu ry. Then

follow the shrieks of the sailors, the creaking of cables, the

darken ing clouds which vei l the sky and brood o’er the

deep , the peals of thunder, the gleami ng lightning.

'

Whileall things threatened in stan t death Aen eas wishes that hehad di ed at Troy before his father s eyes . One ship— thatcommanded by the tru sty Orontes— went down "

and the restare di sabled.

Meanwhile Neptune, the lord of the main ,felt that a storm

had been let loose, and great was his wrath , as he knew wellthe wi les of his sister Juno and herwrath again st the Trojan s.He summon s to him the winds, and upbraids their king forhis presumption in al lowing them to have free scope. The

sea is calmed by the soothingwords of the lon l of the sea.

CONTENTS OF THE FIRST B OOK OF AENE ID .

The toil -worn crew of Aeneas make for the nearest shores, The wearyand tu rn to the coasts of Africa. There is a bay, protectedag

e

in

g” .

by an i sland, aflordi ng a safe shelter from every wind, and in 179.

this Aeneas takes refuge, with seven ships saved out of

twenty. The weary Trojans land. Achates stri kes a sparkfrom the flint and tries to start a fire. The corn damagedby the waves is brought out of the vessels, and bru i sed tomake a meal for the shipwrecked Trojan s.Aeneas, in the mean time

,mounted a cliff in hopes of seeingAeneas

some of the tempest-tossed ships that he had m issed. Nomnu a.

vessel is in sight. He espies, however, three stage, each fol dew : shootslowed by a herd of deer, on the shore. Seizing a bow and (

8

12mmarrows from his trusty henchman Achates, he lays low seven "W

i gwam

of the deer. He return s to the harbor and divides the survi vingnumber equally among the ships— one to each. He also di s-m

ships’ 180°

tributes the wine which kind Acestes had given to the

Trojan s as they were leaving Sicily . W i th words of cheerhe bids his comrades bear up under thei r hardships . Theythen prepare the meal and en joy thei r repast, after whichthey talk for a long tim e of the fate of their lost comrades.

Juppiter, meanwhile, was gazing on the realm s of Afri ca Venus comwhen Venu s, with tearfu l eyes reminds the father of gods p la in” to

and men”of the promis es that he had uttered as to the

desti ny of the Trojan s . Juppiter bids her spare her fears,assuring her that the decrees of the fates are immu table and

that she shall yet behold the Trojan Aeneas wage a great 223war in Italy, subdue hostile tribes , build walls, reign in

Latium,and subdue the Ru tu l i . Iul u s (also called Ascani us ) ,

son of Aeneas , shall reign in Lanuvi um and shal l fortify AlbaLonga. After a period of three hundred years, Ilia, a priestess,shall bear to Mars twin son, Romulu s and Remu s, and theseshall found an empire to which shall be set,

“no bounds of

realm,no term of years . ” Even cru el Juno shall join in

cherishing the Romans as“ lords of the world.

” As yearsroll on Greece shall be subdued, and Honor and Vesta shal lrule the world and the dread Gates of War shal l be closedfor ever.Mercury is sent from heaven to in spi re in D ido the queen Mercury i s

of Karthage, a friendly feeling towards the Trojans who aremo. 397 ,

804shi pwrecked on her shore.

24

Aeneas

meets hismother805-331»

Ven us tellsthe ta les ofD ido

’

s

wrongs335-37 1 .

Aeneas tells11 ta le,372 -386.

Venus

draws a

happy omen

and revealsherself387 -1417 .

Descrip t ionof Karthage:

A eneas ex

am i nes thetemp le :

CONTENTS or THE FIRST 130011 or AENE ID.

Al l night long after the meal Aeneas broods o’er his own

woes and the lot of his comrades. As soon as day dawns hedetermines to go forth and explore the shores to which hehad come i n his wanderings. After safely moori ng his fleetunder the shelter of a rock, he salli es forth with trustyAchates. In the midst of a wood he meets hi s mother

,

‘whowas dressed like a Spartan hun tress. Venu s enqu ires whetherAeneas had seen any of her sis ters wandering there. Aftertelling Venu s that he had seen no one, he hin ts that her lookis more than human

,and that she is eviden tly of divi ne race

he begs her lighten their sorrows, and tell to what land theyhad come.

Venu s tells him he is in Africa and then unfolds the sto ryof D ido ’s wrongs how the queen ,

who was from Tyre, had a

hu sband Sychaeu s, and a brother Pygmalion in wickedness farbeyond other men how the savage Pygmalion ki lled the un

wary Sychaeus at the altar ; how the young D ido collected somecompan ion s, sailed away to the west and come to the spot onwhi ch the rising city of Karthage was now being built.

Aeneas tells his name and hisrace. Italy is the goal of hi swanderin gs. With twenty ships he embarked on the sea, the

mother -goddess guiding his cou rse, but on ly seven batteredships remai n.

She announ ces to him that his comrades , whom he thoughtlost

,wi ll be safe . She poin ts out twelve swan s

,with joyous

notes circling in the air, so the twelve ships with ful l sail areeither entering or have entered the harbor. At the end of

her prophecy he recogn izes his mother, who shrouded themin a cloud, so that no one m ight see them, though they m ight

see all . She takes Aeneas and Achates vei led in this clou dto Karthage.

Aeneas, from the hill o’erlook ing Karthage, admires the

buildings, where lately stood rude Num idian huts . Eagerlythe Karthagin ians ply their work, some building walls,others a citadel some chosing sites for houses, and marking

out the boundaries with a fu rrow ; others digging a harbor,

and others still laying the foundation s for a high theatre.

Among the throng he m ingles still u nseen .

In the m idst of the city is a sacred grove, where D ido wasbuilding a temple in honor of Juno . Wh i le Aeneas was

26 CONTENTS OF THE FIRST B OOK OF AENEID .

The h'

ba. After the fi rst part of the banquet, the .

tables are wi thdrawn and golden goblets crowned with wine are set before

god

’

s wong the guests. The queen prays that this day may be longremembered by the Tyrians . A libation is then pou red on

the table and the cup i s handed to the cou rtiers of the queento drink. The long-haired Iopas sings songs taught him of

yore by great Atlas . At the request of the queen Aeneasi s asked to tell the story of the Fall of Troy, which occu

pies Books II. and III. of the Aeneid.

P. VERGILI MARONIS AENEIDOS

LIBER 1 .

Anna virumque cano, Trojae qui primu s ab orisItal iam

,fato profugus, Lavinaque venit

Litora, multum ille et terris jactatus et altoQ

i t‘

lVi superum ,Laevae memorem Junon is ob iramMulta quoque et bello passus, durn conderet urbem,

Inferretque deos Latio, genu s ur'

fde Latinurn u -y—J'

f( f

Albanique patres atque altae moen ia R omae.

Mu sa,mihi cau sas memora

,quo numine laeso,

Qu idve dolens, regina deum tot volvere casusInsignem pietate virum,

tot adire laboresImpu lerit. Tantaene animis caelestibus i i'ae ?U rb s antiqua fuit

,Tyri i tenuere coloni , a “ H u i

Karthago, Ita1iam contra T iberinaque longeO stia, dives stud i isque asperrima belli ;

Juno terr i'

s magis om nibus u'

namsthabita colu i sse Sam o . H i c i llius arma ,

H ic currus fuit hoc regnum dea gentibu s esse,

S i qua fata shu n t, jam tum tenditque fovetque.

Progen iem sed enim Frojano a sanguine duc iAudjgrat, Tyrias olim quae verteret arces ; f

oI—Ime populurn late regem belloque superbumVenturum e s ic vo lvéi e Parcas.Id metwdii s vet belli

,

\

Prima q iiodNecdhni et

i ae irarum

P . VERGI LI MAKON I S AENE IDOS L IB . I.

Excider'

ant animo manet alta mente rep_o_stum

Judic ium Paridis spretaeque injuria formae,E t genu s 1nv1sum et rapt i Ganymed is h onoresH is accensa super jactatos aeq pre t otoTroas

,reliq1£ as B anaum a tque immitis Achi lli

,

-

ot.fl.

Arcebat longe Latio, multosque per anuosErrabant

,act i fa tis, maria omn ia Circum . f .

Tantae molis'

erat Romanam coudere gentem.

Vix e conspectu S iculae te lluris in altumVela dabant laeti, et spumas salis acre ruchant

,

Quum J uno, aeternum servans sub pectore volnus,

Haec secum Ni erie‘i ncepto desi s tere victam,

N cc po sse Italia Teucrorum avertere regemQuippe vetor fa tis . Pallasue exurere classem W ‘J

Argivprn atque ip sos potu i t submergere p onto,U niu s Ob noxam ,

e t furias Ajac is O i lei’ .

Ipsa Jovis rapidurn jacu lata e nub ibu s ignem,

D isjecitque rates evertitque aequora ventis,Illum exspirantem transfixo pectore flammasTurb ine corripu it scop

l

u loque infix it acu t oAst ego, quae divumin cedo regina , Jovi squeEt sortor et conjunx , una cum gente tot annosB ella gero . E t qu isquam nu 111e11 Junon is adorat

Praeterea, aut supplex aris imponet honorem P”

Talia fiamrnato secum dea c orde volutans

N imborum in patriam ,loca feta furentibus austris, xii /

”4L

Aeol iam venit. Hic vasto rex “

Aeolu s antroLuctautgsl gnms tempestatesgui sggorasImperio premit ac vincli s et carcere frenat. g,1111 indignantes magn o curn murmure montisC ircum claustr

gcelsa sedet Aeolu s arceammo s et temperat iras

ac terras caelumqueQuippe fe1 ant rapidi secum verra

’

ntqu e per

Sed pater omn ipotens speluncis abdid i t atris,H oc metuens, molemque et montes_i n super altosImposuit, regemque ded i t, qui foedere certoEt premere et laxas scirei

‘dare jussus habenas.

P. VERG I L I MARONIS AENEIDOS LIB . I.

Ad quem tum J uno s upplex his v0cibu s usa est

Aeole,11amque t ibi d ivum pater atque hom inum rex 65 J

Et mulcere dedit fluctus et t ollere vento,Gens in imica mihi Tyrrhenum navigat aequor,I lium in l taliam portans victosque PenatesIncute vim ventis submersasque obrue puppes,

Aut age d iverso s et d isjice corpora p onto .

5 151311 corp

’ojrie’

Nymphae, v

Errim‘

a l fé i opie ia,

tecum meritis pro talibus annosExigat et i3.9l 23 faciat te prole parentem . 4

Aeolus haec contra Tui is,O regina, quid opte s

Explorare labor ; mihi jussa capessere fas c st .Tu mihi

, quodcumque hocregLi i , tu sceptra Jovemque

C onc ilias , tu das ep‘qlisaccumbere divum ,

N imborumque facis tempestatumque potgntem .r

Haec ub i' d icta,cavum conversa cu spide montern

Impul it in latu s ac venti,velut agm ine facto,

Qua datafipoi ta , raunt et terras turb ine perflant.

Incubuere mari, totumque a sed ibu s imi s

lip-a Eurusque N otu sque ruun t creberque procellis

Africus , et vast os volvunt ad litora fluctus .

Insequ itur clamorque virum stridorque rudentum.

Eripiunt sub ito nubes caelumque d iemqueT eucrorum ex ocul is p on t o nox incubat atra .

Intonuere poli, et crebris m icat ign ibus ae ther,

Praesentemque vm s m tentant omma inortem .

A’ Extemplo A eneag solvu ntur frigore m embraIngem it, ci dupl ices tendehs ad sidera palmasTalia voce refert O terque quaterqtie beati,Quis ante ora patrurn Trojae sub moen ib

'

us alt isContigit oppetere O Uanaum fortissime gent isTydide mene Iliacis occumbcre ca inpis

N on potu isse‘tuaque an imam han c effundere dextra,

Saevus ub i Aeacidae telo jacet Hecto r, ubi ingensSarpedon , ub i tot S imo i

‘

s corrcpta sub undisScuta virum galeasque et fortia cm

'

pora volvit.”

P . VERG I L I MAKON IS AENEIDOS LIB . I .

Talia jactanti stridené q uglone procella .’

Velum adn

versa fel

rit,flucta sque ad side iatollit

Fraii

guntu1 reni ’

i tumprora agertit etmi disDatlatu s : insequ itur cumulo praeruptus aquae mon s. stHi summo in fluctu pendent h is unda dehiscensTerram inter fluctus aperit furit aestu sT res N otus abreptas in saxa latentia torquetSaxa vocant i tali mediis quae in fluctibus ArasD orsum immane mari summo tres Eurus ab altoIn brevia et Syrtes urget, miserab ile visu,Ill iditque vadis atque aggere cingit arenae.

Unam,quae Lycios fidumque vehebat O ronten

,

Ipsius ante ocu los’

ingens a vertice pontu sIn-

p-

uppim ferit excutitur pronusque magisterVolvitur in caput , ast i llam ter fluctus ibidemTorquet agen s Ci rcum, et r

apidus vorat aequore vo1 tex .

Ad 1n‘gu1g1te ‘vasto,ue

,et T roia gaza per undas.

jam validam Il ionei navem, jam fortis Achatae

,Mrs

E t qua vectus Abas,et qua grandaevus Aletes,

Vicit hiemps laxi s laterum compagibus omnesAccipiunt in im icum imbrem rim isque fatiscunt

Interea magno m isccri m urmure pontum ,

Em issamque hiemem sen sit N eptunus et imisS tagna refu sa vadis, graviter commotus et altoProspiciens, summa placidum caput extul it unda.

D isjectam Aeneae toto videt aequore classem,

Fluctibus oppressos Troas cael ique ruinaNec latuere doli fratrem Junon is et irae

Euru m ad se Z ephyrumque vocat, delflnc talia fatur“ Tantane vos generis tenuit fiducia vestri ?

Jam caelum terramquemeo sine numine, Venti,M iscere et tantas angg is tollere m oles ?Quo s ego— sed moto s praestat componere fluctusPo st mihi non s imili poena commissa luetis. Ar

M aturate fugam ,regi

'

que haec d icite vestro

Non illi imperium p'

elagi saevumque tridentem,

Sed mihi sorte datum . Tenet ille imman ia saxa,

P. VERG I LI MAKON I S AENE IDOS LIB . 1.

Vestras , Eure, domo s illa se jactet in aula

Aeolus,et clauso ventorum carcere regnet .”

S ic ait, et dicto ci tius tumida aequora placat,

Collectasque fug at nubes , solemque reducit.

Cymothoe simul et Triton adn ixus acutoU etrudunt naves scopulo lcvat ip se tridenti ;Et vastas aperit Syrtes et temperat aequor ,Atque rotis summas levibus perlabitur undasfirN

ti magno in populo quum saepe coorta est

Seditio,saevitque an imis ignob ile volgus

Jamque fa_c_es et saxa volant (figp r arma m in istrat)Tum pietate gravem ac meritis s i forte virum quem( Conspexere, silent, arrectisque auribus adstantEIlle regit d ictis an imos

,et pec t : h /

W v fi /

Sic cunctus pelagi cecid it fragor, aequora postquam .

Prospiciens gen itor, caeloque mvectus apertoF lectit equos cui uque volan s dat lora secundo .

l ) efessi Aeneadae, quae proxima litora,cursu

Contendunt petere , et Libyae vertuntur ad oras.E st in secessu longo locu s in sula portum

Efli cit objectu laterum,quibu s omn is ab alto

Frangitur inque s inu s scindit sese unda reductos.Hincatque hind vastae t upes gemin ique m inanturIn caelum scopu m sub vertice late

tum silvis scaena coruscis

e atrum fi éiiius imm inet umbraFronte sub adve1 sa

l

scopulis pendentibus antrum,

lritus aquae durces vivoque sed ilia saxo ,

0

Ulla tenent,un co non all igat anc0 1a inorsu .

uc septem Aeneas collectis navibus omn i pod / 1L 20

Ex numero sub it acm_ aggq tellugis amoreEgressi optata potiuntur Troes arena,Rt 531g tabentesp rtus in litore ponunt. L 1

Ac primurn udit AchatesSuscepitque reumNutrimenta dedit, rapu itque in fomite flammam.

3m“

32 p .-VERGI LI MAKON I S A ENEIDOS 1.

Expediunt fessi rcrurn , frugesque _re_ceptasEt torm ere parant flamm is et frangere saxo .

Aeneas sco\ pulum in terea conscendit, et omnem

Prospectum late p'

elago petit, An thea si quem f .

Jactatum ven t o videat_Phrygiasque b iremes,

Aut Capyn , aut celsis i n puppibus arma Cai c i .Navem in conspect

‘

u mullam,tres litore cervo s

Prospicit erran tes ho s tota armenta sequunturA tergo

,et longum per valles pascitur agmen .

Constiti t hic, arcumque manu celeresque sag i ttasuit , ii dus quae tela

'

gerebat Achates,Ductoresque ipso s primum,

capita alta ferentesCorn ibus arborcis, stern it, turn volgus, et omnem

M iscet agen s telis memora inter frondea turbzim

N ec priu s absistit, quam septem ingentia victorCorpora fundat hum i

, _et numerum cum navibus aequet.

H ine portum petit, et soc io s partitur in omnes .Vina bonu s quae de inde cadi s onerarat AcestesLitore Trinacrio dederatque abeuntibu s heros, “ A

D ivid‘it,et d ictis maerentia pectora mu lcet

ue en im ignari sumus ante maloru

eus his qu oque finem .

pen itusque sonantesCyclopea saxa

Experti : revocate amimos, maestumque timorem

M ittite forsan et haecM mimsse juvabit.

Per vario s casus, per tot d iscrimina rerum ,

Tendimus ln Latium,sedes ub i fata quietas

O stendunt i ll icfas regnaresurgere Trojae .

D urate, et vosmet rebus servate secundis.

”

Talia voce reg-rt, curisque ingentibus aeger

Spem voltu s imu lat, premit altum corde dolorem.

Illi se praedae accingunt dapibusque fu turisTergora deripiunt co sti s et viscera nudant

Pars in fru sta secant veribusque trementia figunt ;

Li tore aena locant alii, flammasque ministrant.Tum victu revocant vires , fusique perherbamlmplentur veteris Bacchi pingu isque ferinae.

AS71 P. V ERG IL I 111 / moms AENEIDOS L113 1.

O lli subridens hom inum sat0 1 atque deorum“11 Voltu

,quo caelum tempestatesque serenat,

O scula libavit natae, defi inc tal ia faturP

‘

af‘

cé 1515311, Cytherea‘

manent immota tuorumFata tib i cernes urbem_

\et prom issa Lavin i ge o

Moen ia, sublimemque feres ad s idera cael iMagnan imum Aenean neque

'

m e sen tentia verti t.

c ( labor en im , quando haec te cura remordct,

Longius et volvens fatorum arcana movebo )B ellum ingens geret I talia, popu losque ferocesContundet, m oresque viri s et 1n oemia ponet,Tertia dum Latio regnantem viderit aestas

,

Ternaque transierint Ru tulis hiberna subactis.

At puer A scan iu s, cui nun c cogn omen 11119 05“

Additur— Ilus erat, dum res stetit Ilia regn oTriginta magno s volvendis mensibus orbesImperio explebit, regnumque ab sede Lavin

'

Transferet, et longam multa vi mun iet Alba 11 .

H ic jarn ter centum totos regnabitur anu osGente sub Hectorea, donec regina sacerdosMarte grams gemmam partu dahit I lia prolem .

lnde lupae fulvo nutrici s tegmine laetusRomulus excipiet gentem , et Mavortia c ondetMocu la, Romanosque suo de n omine dicet.His ego nec metas rerum nec tempora p onoImperium sine fine dedi. Quin a spera juno,Quae mare nunc terrasque metu caelumque fatigat,

Con silia in meliu‘s referet, mecumque fovebit

Romano s, rerum domino s , gentemque togatam.

S ic plac itum . Ven iet lustris labentibus aetas,

Qaum domu s Assaraci Phthiam‘

clarasque Mycenas

Servitio preme t, ac victis dom inabiturA rgis.Nascetur pulch ra Trojanus origine Caesar,lmperi

'

urn‘

xOceano, famam qui term inet astri sJ uliu s

,a i nagno demissum n omen ulo .

Hune 19 olim caclo, spoli is O ri entis onustum,

Accipies secura vocabitur hic quoque votis.

Aspera tum pos iti s mjgggent saecula bellis

P . V ERG I LI MARONIS AENE IDOS LIB . I .

Cana F ides, et Ves ta , Remo cum fratre Quirinu sJura dabunt d irae ferro et compagibus artisClaudentur Belli portae Furo r impius intus ,

Saeva sedens super arma, et cen tumvinctus aen is

Po st tergum nod is,fremet horridu s ore cruento.

”

um dem ittit ab alto,

arcesHospitio Teucris,me fat i nesc ia D idodFin ibus ille perfi magnum £ 236

,

Refi l igio alarum,ac Libyae citus adstitit oris.ponuntque ferocia PoeniIn primis regina qu ietum

eucros animum mentemque ben ignam.

eneas , per noctem plurima volvens,

U t primurn lux alma data est,ex ire locosque

Explorare novo s , quas vento accesserit oras,

Qui tenefant, ri am in‘

pulta vidét, hom sne feyaene, o m

lii a marfu lato crispans 1155111131Cui mater media sese tuli t obvia s ilva

,

Virginis 05 habitumque gerens, et virginis armaSpartanae, vel qual i s equos Threissa

'

fatigat

Harpalyce,volucremque fuga praevertitur

Na

'

mque umeris de more habilem suspenderat arcum

Venatrix, dederatqu e comam d iffundereventis,

N uda genu , nodoque sinu s collecta fluentes.

Ac prior,Heus,” inqu it, juvenes, m on strate mearum

Vid istis si quam hic errantem forte sororum,

'

”

Succinctam pharetra, et maculosae tegmine lync is,

Aut spumantis apri cursum clamore prementem .

”

S ic Venus ; et Veneris contra s ic fi lius orsusc‘N ulla tuarum audita rml i i , neque visa sororum

,

W pO — quam te memorem,Virgo ? namque haud t ibi voltu s

Mortalis,nec vox hom inem sonat. O dea certe

I

I A1I Phoebi soror ? an Nympharum sanguin is 1111 11

36 P. VERGI LI MARON IS 11 11 11 1311305 LIB . 1 .

S is fel ix,i io stru ni que l cves, quaecumque, l

'

aborem,

Rt quo sub caelo tandem,quibu s orbis in oris M

"

Ja—cté inur

,doceas ighfirfi hdmi riui nq

'

ue loco‘

rfmhué)i i

Erramus,vento huc et vastis fl

'

uctibus act i .

M ulta tib i ante ara s no s t 1a cade; ho stia dextraTum Venu s : Haud equ idem tali me d ignor hon0 1e

V irgin ibus Tyri i s mos est gestare pl i a1 etram ,

Purpureoque al te suras vincire co tli urno .

Pun ica regna vides, Tyr1o s et Agenoris 111-bem

Sed fines Libyci , genu s intractabi le bello.

Imperium D ido Tyria reg1t_

urbe rofecta

Germanum fuggens}Longa est inj11r

'

ia , longac 1 If b

Ambages Sed summa sequar fastigia l e i um,

f H uic conjunx Sychaeu s eratPhoen icum

,et magno m iserae

Cu i pater intactam dederat, pri m isque jugarat

Om in ibus. Sed regna Tyri germanus habebatw -f

Pygmal ion , scelere r omnes .Quos inter mediu s

daecus aClam ferro incau tum superat, securus

Germanae ; factumque diu ce lavit, et aegram ,

Multa malu s simulan s,vana spe lu sit am antemx

Ip sa sed in somn i s inhumati ven it imagoConjugis, Ora modis attollen s pallida m irisa ,

Crudeles aras trajectaque pec1or'a ferroN udavit, caecumque domus scelus omne

‘sretexit.

‘w ’

Turn celerare fugam patriaque excedere saadet ,Auxi liumque via}; ve1eres tellu te reclud it

Thesauros,ignotum argent i pondus et auri.

His commota fuga m D ido sociosque parapatConven iunt

,quibu s aut odium crudele

Aut metu s acer erat naves . quae forte paratae,Corripiunt, onerantque auro portantur ava 1

'

1

Pygmal ion is opes pelago dux feminaHevenere locos

,ubi nunc ingentia cernis « a 35”

Moen ia surgen que novae Karthagin is arcem,

Me i catique sol facti de n omine Byrsam ,

{ V

P . 17 151111 11 1 11 11 110 11 13 AEN EIDOS LIB . 1

Taurino quantuLm possent circumdare tergo .

Sed vos qui tandem ?quibu s aut ven istis ab oris

,l

Quovp tenetis i ter . Quaeren ti talibus ille{i

a

VI

5 115131533 1moque traben s a pectore vocem“ 0 D ea, si p 1 ima repetens ab 0 : igine pe rgam ,

w . «1 v l z'i

E1 vaceivannalesnostrorum audi 1e

Ante diem clau so compongtiwVe\sper O lympo .

N o s T 1o1a‘ant1qua

\s i vestras“10 11 s, per au

‘res1 1851 13: nomen i it, divers pc

br aecfi ora vectos

J“ F

low n Libycis teni'pestas app

'

u l it/ori s .

pum p i u s Aeneas rap os quLex Hoste Penates

Classe velp _mecum ,

fanw gi aethega notusm ,

Italiam quaero patriam et ab J ove summo .

B is den is Phrygium conscenc’

unavibus aequorMan e dea monstrante viam

,data fata secutus.

Vix septem convu lsie undis Euroque supersunt.

Ipse ignotus ,tggens, Libyae dese i ta peragro,

Europa atque A sia pulsu s .” N ec plura querentem

Passa Venusxfii edio s ic interfata dolore est

“

Qu iqu is es,! haud, c 1nvisu s caelestibus 11 11 1 11 5

Vitales carpis, Tyriam qul adve 1ieris uroem .

atque hinc te reginae ad IiminaxNamque tib i _rN untio

,et in 1

\ N i frus tra"augAspice bis sen ine cycnos,

‘A etheria quo s 1118: apertoTurbabat caelo nunc terras ordine

-

Tongo‘Au t capere aut cap tas jam despectare videntur

g

U t reduces illi ludunt stridentibus alis,Ii t coetu cinxere polum ,

cantusque dedere,Haud al iter puppesque tuae pubesque tuorum1Au t portum tenet aut pleno sub it o s tia velo .

lPerge modo et, q11

a te duci t via dirigefDixit, etaverterisro sea cervice 1 elu ls it

,

Ambrosiaeque coni ae divinum vert ice odoremSpiravere, pedes ves tis defl ux it ad 1mos

,

lift vera i ncessu patu it dea . l lle ub i matrcm

l’ . VERG ILI MAKON IS AENE IDOS LIB . l .

Adgn ovit, tali {tigientem est voce secutus

“ Quid natum toties, crudelis tu quoque, falsisLud is imagin ibus

? cur dextrae jungere dextramN on datur

,ac veras audire et reddere voce s

f Tal ibus incusat, gressumque ad moen ia tendit :

At Venu s ob scuro gradientes aere saeps it,

E 1: multo nebulae Circumdea judi t am ictu,Cernere ne quis eos

,nep qu 1s contingere p osset,

Mo lirive m oram , aut ven iendi poscere cau sas.Ipsa Paphum subl imis abit, sedesque revisitLaeta suas, ub i templum illi , centumque Sabaeo

serti sque recentibus halan t . AJA

Corri puere viam interea, qua sem ita m onstrat.

Jamque ascendebant collem,qui p1u 1 imus urbi

Imm inet, adversasque aspectat desupe i arc

M i i aturm olef’

n Atepg

as,magalia quondam,

M irat111 portas strepi turnque et strata viarum.

arden te s Tyri i pars ducere muros,sub volve

'

re saxa,

ncludergsiflco .

‘i

‘

Ju ra m agist1 atusque legunt, sanctumquesentatum

Il ic portu s ali i e odiurit ; h i'

c alta theatris

F undamenta Iocant ali i , i 1i iifi ai1 es‘ique columnas

Rupibus excidunt, scaén is dec0 1 a alta futuris.Qual is apes aestate nova per florea ruraExercet sub sole lab or, quum gent is adulto sEducunt fetu s, aut quum liquentia mella

S tipant et dulci distendunt nectare cellas,Aut onera accipiunt ven ientum ,

aut agm ine factoIgnavum fucos pecus a pra

O fortunati , quorum jam 1noen ia surgunt l”

Aeneas ait, et fastigia suSpicit urb is.Infert se saeptus nebula, mirab i le dictuPermedios m iscetque viris , neque CCYflEi

U l ull i

u s in 111be fuit media , laeti ss imu s umb i ae

d is et turb ine Poeniquod regia j uno

P. VERG I L I MARONIS AENEIDOS LIB . I.

Monstm rat,caput acris equ i

'

sic nam fore belloet faci lem victu per saecula gemtem .

P

urn Junon i ingens S idon ia D idoCondebat,

gaggle-

(xi u .

_A _ere tr

Hoc prim um in luco nova res oblata timorem

Len i it,hic primum Aeneas speralje salutem

Ansus,et afflictis me l ius confidere rebus .

Namque sub ingenti lustrat dum singu la templo ,

R egi nam opperiens, dum, quae fortuna sit urbi,

s inter se operumque laborem

as ex ordine pugnas

B ellaque jam fam a totum vu lgata per orhem ,

Atri das Priamumque et saevum ambobus Achi llem .

Constitit, et lacrimans Qu i s jam locus,inqu it,

“Achate ,

Quae regi o in terris nostr i non plena Iaboris ?En Priamu s sunt hic: etiam sua pfi éfiii

—

a Iaudi

S unt lacrimae rerum ,et mentem mortalia tangunt

Solve metu s feret haec aliquam tibi fama salutcrn

S ic ait,atque

illes .

‘

N ec proenl hi is

Adgnoscit lacrimans, primo q

‘

utae prodita somno

‘

l’

yd ides multa vastabat caede cruentus,

Ardentesque avertit equos in castra, priusquam

”‘

Fabu la gustassent Trojae Xanthumque bibissent.

Parte al ia fugiens am issis“

In fe lix puer atque MFertur equ is , cu rr

tenens e trahuntur

do tPer terram ,

¢ S upph¢ 1ter

/ . I I

6“ [ M e t a 7

M z twfiw

P. VERG I LI MA ONIS AENE IDOS L IB . I .

cod-w .

D iva sol o fi xos oculos aw sgtenebat.

fi Tei circum Iliacos r tav rat Hectora muros,

Exan imumque auro corpus vendebat Achi lles.

Xj‘f um vero ingentcm gem itum dat pectore ab inm ,

U t spolia, u t currus , u tque ipsum corpus amici

f

’

L‘

endentemque m anus Priamum conspcxi t iner 11cs.

Se quoque principibus perm ixtuni adgnovit Achivis,

fi a squc acies et n igri Memnonis arma

D ucit A mazonidum lunatis agm ina peltis

Penthesi lea furens m edi i sque in m i llibu s ardet,

Aurea subnectens exsertae cingu la mammae

B ellatrix, audetque viris concurrere Virgo .

Haec dum D ardan io Aeneae m iranda videntur,

D um stupet, obtutuque haeret defixus in uno,

Regina ad templum forma pulcherrima D ido,

Incessit magma juvenurn stipante caterva.

Qual is in Eurotae ripis aut per j uga CynthiExercet D iana choros

, quam m il le secutae

Hinc atque hinc glomerantur O reades i11a pharétrami fi

Fert humero , gradien sque deas superem inet omnes 35

audia pectus

ferebat

d b ; 44 51505

Jura dabat Iegesque viris, operumque laborem

Paftibus aequabat justis , aut sorte trahebat;l Quum subito Aeneas concursa accedere magno

I Anthea Sergestumque videt fortemque Cloanthmr}, xI Teucrorumque al ios, ater quos aequore turbo z; 3D ispu lerat pen itusque al ias avexerat oras.

7 L”

(

3"J

w bstipu it simul 1pse, sirn u1 percu lsus Achates

uque ; avid i conjungere dextras ,res amimos incogn ita turbat.

J

iss imulant,e‘t nube cava speculantur am icti,

uae fortuna viris,classem quo d

l itore l inquant,

u id ven iant cunctis nam leeti nav ibus ibant

rantes ven iam, et templum clamore petebant.

9

P . VERG I L I MARONIS AEN I'IlDOS LI B . l .

Unde huc advecti,regemque petamusAcestem .

Talibus Ilioneus cuncti s imukore ffremebant

D ardan idae.

i' J

Tum breviter D ido, voltum dem issa , profatur

f"Solvite corde metum ,

T eucri,secludite curas.

Res dura et regn i novitas me ta lia cogunt

Mol iri , et late fines custode tueri .

Qu is genus Aeneadum , qu is Trojae nesciat urbem ?

Virtutesque, virosque, et tanti incend ia belli ?

Non obtusa adeo gestamus pectora Poen i,

Nec tam aversus equos Tyria Sol jungit ab urbe.

Seu vos Hesperiam magnam Saturn iaque arva

S ive E rycis fines regemque optatis Acestem , “WAuxi lio tufos d im ittam ,

opibusque juvabo . W ?“

Voltis et h is mecum pariter con sidere regn is?

Urbem quam statuo est subducite naves

q rmsqne m ihi nullo discri mine age turk

Atque utinam rex ipse N oto compu lsu s eodem

Afforet Aeneas equ idem per l itora certos

D im ittam,et Libyae lustrare extrema jube

S i qu ibus ejectus si lvis aut urbibu s errat.

”

HIS an imurn arrecti d ictis et forti s Achates

Et pater Aeneas jamdudum erumpere nubem

Ardebant prior A enean compellat Achates

M flfli tje 1219 , quae nunc an imo sententia surgit ?

/W J< Omn ia tuta vides , classem ,sociosque receptos.

qwgfinu s abest

,medio in fluctu quem vid imus ipsi

Submersurn d ictis respondent cetera matris.

”

Vix ea fatus erat, quum circum fusa repente

Scindit se nube s et in aethera purgat apertum.

luce refu lsit,

namque ipsa decoram

a

w.Caesariem nato gen itrix lumenque juven tae

1 i Purpureum et laetos ocu lis affiarat honores

Quale manu s addunt ebori decus aut ubi flavo

Argentum Pariusve Iapis circumdatur auro .

Tum sic reginam alloqu itur cunctisque repente

P . V ERG ILI MAKON IS AENEIDOS LIB . 1 . 43

rovisus a it : Coram, quem quaeritis, adsum

us Aeneas, L ibyci s ereptus ab undis.

sola infandos Trojae mi serata labores I

uae nos reliqu ias Hanaum,terraeque marisque

Omn ibus exhaustos jam casibus,omn ium egenos

U rbe domo socias. Grates persolvere dignas

N on opis est nostrae,D ido nec qu icqu id ubique est

Gentis Uardan iae, m agnum quae sparsa per orbem

D i tibi, si qua pios respectant num ina, s i qu id

U squam j ustitiae est et mens s ibi conscia recti,

Praemia d igna ferant. Q uae te tam laeta tulerunt

Saecula ? qu i tanti talem genuere parentes?

In freta dum fiuvi i current, dum montibu s umbrae

Lustrabunt convexa , polus durn s idera pascet,

Semper bonos nomenque tuum laudesque manebunt,

Quae me cumque vocant terrae . S ic fatus am icum

l lionea petit dextra laevaque Serestum

Post al ios, fortemque Gyan fortemque Cloanthum .

O bstipu it prim o aspectu S idon ia D ido,

Casu deinde viri tanfo‘

; et s1e ore loquuta est

Qu is te , nate D ea , per tanta pericula casus

Insequ itur? quae vis imman ibu s adplicat oris

Tune i lle Aeneas , quem Dardan io Anchisae

A lma Venus Phrygi i genu it S imoentis ad undam ?“Atque equ idem Teucrum mem in i S idona ven ire

,

Fin ibus expulsurn patri is, nova regna petentem

Auxil io B eli . Gen itor tum B elus Opirnam

Vastabat Cyprurn et victor d icione tenebat.

Tempore jam ex i llo casus m ihi cogn itus urbis

{ Trojanae nomenque tuum regesque Pe lasgi .

Ipse’

hostis Teucros insign i laude ferebat,

Seque orturn antiqua T eucrorum a stirpe vo lebat.

Quare agite, o tecti s, juvenes, succed ite nostris.

Me quoque permultos sim i l is fortuna labores

Jactatam hac demum vo lu it con sistere terra .

Non ignara mal i , m iseris succurrere d isco .

”

S ic memorat,simul Aenean in regia ducit

P . VERG I L I MARO N IS AENRIDO S LIB . l .

Tecta, simu l d ivum templ is indicit honorem .

N ec m inus interea soci i s ad litora m ittit

inti tauros , magnorum horren tia cen tum

Terga suum , pingues c

gtum cum matribus agnos,

Munera laeti tiamque d 1.

A t domu s i nte 1 ior regah splend 1da$ 1xuInsu

lt/1&3; mednsque pm

‘aht

'

c9nv1v1a tectis

Arte labou ttae vestes ostroque superbo

l ngens zirgcntum mensii

s caglataqtie m auro

Fortia facta 11 11 11 11111 se 1 1es longissima 1 erum

Per totivducta1 i 1os antiqua ab origine gentis.

Aeneas,“

nequ e en im patr1u s con sistere m entem

PassusAamor, 1 apid 15

m“

ad naves pragmittit Achatem ,

A scan i o ferat haec, 1psp1nque ad moema ducat ;

Omn is in Ascan io carikstat cura parentis.

Munera praeterea , Iliacis erepta ruin is, fl

Fer1 e. jubet, pallam s ign is auroque rigentem,

F t ci 1 cun1 textum croceo velamen acantho,

O fpatu s 7\ 1 tr1 1 ae H elenae, quos i lla Mycen is,

Pé rgama quum peteret inconcessosque Hymenaeos,

Extulerat, mat1 is Ledae m irabi le donum

Praeterea sceptrum,l l ione quod gesserat o lim,

M'

ax ima natarum Priam i,colloque m on i le

B accatum ,et duplicem gemm is auroque coronam .

Haec celerans iter ad naves tendebat Achates

_ .V~ At gathfi a nova artes, novafi

pectore ve/

rs

‘at

i .

Consi l ia ; ut faciem mutatus et ora Cupido

Pro dulci Ascan io vemat don isque furentem

“ fi —h l

4“

Incep d

'

at‘”Ml

“

regi nam atque ssibu’s implicet 1< no .n .

Qu ipp

e domumtimety nbigu am Tyripsque i lin 'rues.’

U ri t atrox juno, et sub n0 1 tem cura recursa .

Ergo hi s alige1 um d ictis adfatur Amorem

“Nate, mcae vires , m ea magna potentia sojus ,

N ate, patris summ i qu i tela Typho ia temnis,

A d te confugio , et supplex tua num ina posco .

W a.

“ Af rater u t‘e_r1e_as pe lago tuu s omn ia circum

Litora jactétur, odi is junon is 1n iquae,a

b .

P. VERGILI MAKON IS AENEIDOS LIB .

{iota iibi , et riostro dolu isti saepe dolore .

Nunc Phoenissa tenet D ido,blandl sque moratur:

et‘vereor, q

'

uo se Iunon ia vertant

; haud tanto cessabit card ine rerum

:capere ante dolis, et cingere flammaReginam meditor, ngquo se num ine

pe mentem .

S idon iam parat, mea maxima cura ;£ 0

0 et flamm is restantia Trojae.

somno super aitaCytherasacrai a sede recondam

hmediusve occu i rere possit. .

914: 4’

cipiet laetisss ima D ido

ti c emque Lyaeum ,

atque oscu la du lcia figet,neno.

” 1 5‘

ltjarn pater

Conven iunt, stratoque supor di scuinbitur“

ostro I

D ant famuii man ibus lyinphas, Cereremque can istri' V

s

Expediunt, tonsisque ferunt mantelia vi lis.

Qu inquaginta intus famulae, qu ibus ord ine longam

Cura penum struere,et flamm is adolere Penates

Centum al iac, totidemque pares aetate m in istri,

u ‘ fl l “

P. VERG IL I MARONIS A I‘JNEIDOS LIB . I.

Qu i dapibus mensas o 11e 1cnt, ct pocula ponant

Necnon et Tyri i per lim ina laeta frequentes

Convenere,toris j ussi d iscu 111b . 1 e p ictis.

’

M irantur dona Aeneae,m iran tur Iu lum

Flagrantesque dei Ivo lttts simulataque ve1ba

Pallamque et pictuni ciocco velamen acantho.

Praecipue infelix, pesti devota futu 1ae, .

Expleri mentem nequ it ardescitqtie tuendo

Phoenissa,et paritet puero don isque move tur.

Ille ubi complexu Aeneae c

oiioj ue pepend itEt m agnum falsi implevit genl torts amorem,

R eginam petit. Haec ocFu lis, haec pectore totoHaeret.et interdum grem io fovet, inscia D ido,

Insidat quantus m i serae deus. At memor i lle

Matris Acidaliae paulatim abolere Sychaeum

Incipit, et vivo tent

Jampridem re

Postquam prima qu ies epu l

/ i ,mensaeque 1

m “ °

ac;

Crateras magnos statuunt et.vi na corpnant.

Fit strepitus tectisvocemque per amplavolu tantAtria : dependent lychn i laque2 1 ibt3aure is

pl‘

” N HL

Incensi , et noctem flamm is funalia vmcu

pt.

“” 3 L

H ic Regina gravgr'

n gemi'

n is auroq'

ue p0poscitImplevitquemero pateram , quam Belus et omnesA B elo soliti . Tum facta si lentia tectis

j’

u

h i t

5 dator,et bona juno

E t vos, o coetum,i 1,celebrate faventes

”

D ixit, etl

1p/méiisam laticu in l ibavit honorem

Primaqu e l ibato summo teii tis attigit 0 1 e. 4 IT urn B itiae dedit increpitans : i lle 1mpiger hausit 1

Spuman tem pateram et pleno se prolu it auro :

Post al i iflproce 1es . Cithara crin itus Iopas“

Personat aurata , docu it quem,max imus Atlas.

Hic canit errantem Iunam solisque ifibores

DESCENT OF THE ROMAN JULIAN FAM ILY FROM

THE TROJANS .

Scamander Juppitcr=Electra

Teucer

Laomedon

Priam

Hector Aeneas

or Iulus

Latini means the dwellers o f the plain : cp. latus, rrka rbg, Eng.

flat for the loss of the in i tial mute, cp. lance ,7r71a

’

5 ; lava, «Plover»,

Vergi l is incorrect in say ing that the Latins were descended from

A eneas, as they existed before his advent : cp. Livy, 1 . 1 . Their

chief town was Lavin ium (nowP ratica ) .

7 A lbani patres .

‘ A lba L onga was the head of a confederacy of thirtyLatin towns. A fter i ts destruction by Tu llus Hosti lius, the leadingcitizen s were transferred to Rome, and became incorporated in the

common state. Many o f the noble fam i l ies o f Rome, notably theJu l i i , traced their descent to the A lbans.

— A lba L onga occupied a

si te probably near the convent o f Pa lazzuolo.—4W (rt. MUN ,

to.

defend ; cp. a-

pov-erv), the wal ls for defensive purposes ; w

(mun -rue, also rt. M UN ) , a wall of any kind garies (rt. PAR , to

separate ) , the partition walls of a house macaw, a garden wall.

altae Romae,“of stately Rome .

”Rome at first occupied the

P a lati ne. A fterwards the Cap itol ine, Aventi ne, E squ i line, Coelian ,

Vim ina l, and Qu irinal hi lls were included . A lso the P incian,Va tican, and J an icu lan hi lls, on the Etruscan side, were brought

within the boundaries of the city under A urelius.

8—Mu8a : Vergi l, following the example o f Homer,invokes the muse and

refers the whole plot to the gods. (fa lli olpe was the muse of epic

poetry.—quo num ine laeso there are

"

seve al ways of tak ing thesewords ( 1 ) some supply, impu lsas fueri t, “

by what offended deitywas he (Aeneas) constrained (2 ) numine z voluntate, what

purpose (o f Juno ) being thwarted ;”

(3) quo=qua de Gam a,

“ for

what reason ,her ( i .e. Juno ’

s) wi ll being thwarted ;”

(4) ob quamlaesionem numinis, on account of what affront to her purpose

(5)“ ‘for what offence to the majesty of heaven . The last is

probably correct. The first is objectionable because Juno has beenmention ed as the offended deity.

9— Qu idve dole'ne : or in what vexation ; l it. resenting what. For

i f ! v i case of qu id : H . 37 1 , A . G . 2 37 b.

—tot volvere cam e

“to run the round of so many m isfortunes.” For poetic use o f

infini tive see H . 535, IV. A . G . 331 , g.

l O— Insignem pietate : the hero o f the A eneid is distingu ished by the

f ,1-

1 epithet p ius, which mean

religious reverence . He rescues his father from my (Aen .

2 , also the gods (Aen. 2 ,— adire

,

“to face . For case

Io f labores see H . A . 8: G. 2 28, a .

l l — Impu ler'it : indirect question : H . 529, A . G . 334.

—animis,taken ( 1 ) dative, H . 387 , A . G . 2 31 or ( 2 ) local ablative .

irae, the p lural, denotes the various mani festations of her passionsH . 1 30, 2 ; A . G . 65, c.

l 2— Urbs anti qua : said wi th reference to Vergi l’

s own time. Karthagewas founded probably abou t 853 B . C .

— Tyri i colom’

settlers from

Tyre the Tyrians founded also Tunes and U tica, near Karthage.

NOTES.

l R— Ita lz'

am— longe : longomaybe taken ( 1 ) as modifying the who le phrase,over against Italy and the T iber

’

s mou ths afar or (2 ) longedistantia ,

“the far distan t T i ber

’

s m0u ths.

” —[ ta l£am contra : what

figure H . 636, V I . What direction is Karthage from Rome?

l 4— D ives opum compare d ives decline op um . What adjectives governthe gen i tive ? H . 399, 1 . 3 ; A . 81 G . 2 18, c.

~ —smdi is : H . 42 4 ; A .

G . 2 53: abl. o f respect :“ in i ts passion for see note on irae

for plural, vs. 1 1 . Vergi l here, no doubt, al ludes to the experience

of the Romans in the Pun ic Wars.

l S— Quam colu isse the Romans i dentified the Syrian -A starte (the Ashta

roth of the B ible ) with jun0 .— unam,

“especial ly anu s gives to

superlatives, or to words imply ing a superlative force (magis quamomnes terras) , an emphatiC

'

meaning ; cp. elg; : rig dpro‘

rog“es

pecially the best.”

16— P o s'71abita Samo in preference to Samos, l i t Samos beinghe d in less regard H . 431 , A . 81 G . 2 55. Herodotus

mentions a famous temple o f Here (Juno) at Samos. In scann ingthis l ine, notice that the hiatus in Samo i s rel ieved by the caesural

pause. This especially occurs when a long vowel is in the arsz'

s of

the foot H . 708, II. : cp. v. 6 1 7 .

uno i s rarely represented as a war goddess, though we have“

some instances : cp. Horn . Il . 5, 7 2 0 —hoc—~ fovetque : the

goddess even now strives, and fond ly hopes that this would be the

seat of empire for the nations, i f in any way the fates permi t.”

7100 is attracted to the gender of the predicate H . 445, 4 ; A . G.

195.— s£nant : subj . 0 1 intermediate clause ; H . 529, 11 . A . G.

342 .—jam

’

tum z etiam tum even then,”at that early period.

18—‘

Sed en im : (cp. 312181 yap), el li psis for sed (metu itKarthagin i ) enim,

1310 ,

“

yet (she feared for Karthage ) for she had heard a race was

issu ing 110 111 the blood of Troy. —duci : H . 52 3, 1 . A . 81 G'

. 336,

present as now in the act of being accompl ished .

QO— Tyrias-arces which should hereafter overthrow herT rian t

The destru ction 146 B .C . ) i s referred to .

everteret : subj H . 49 1 , I. , A . G . 286 .— 0 lim may

refer to either the past or fu ture ; here it refers to latter : properly(fr. ollu s, i lle) ,

“at that time.

”

21— Hinc : a qua progeni a— late regem : (by enallage), late regnantemH . A . G . 188

,d : cp. the Homeric ebpvxpeiwv .

— belloque

superb-

um tyrannous i n war.

22 ~ E1vcid io L ibyae to destroy Libya for the two datives see H . 390

A . G. 2 33. Some read exscz’

dio, b‘

ut exci dio is not for exscidi o,but for cc-scid io (ec, scindo) : cp. the forms ecf ero, ecfari , ecfodio,found in old writers.

-volvere P arcas, sci ] . a ud ierat : there is

reference here to the thread of destiny . The P arcae (rt. PAR,“to

v')

[0 VERG IL

’S AEN . B . 1 .

Qallot z

’

cp. pars, portio , 5- rrop

-m') were the goddesses o f birth and

death : three in number, N ona ,

D ecmna , fil orta ,and so the

arbiters o f human desti ny. They were identified w ith the GreekMoZpar (yelpquar, to a llot) , C lo tho ,

Lachesis, and A tropos, whose

duties are included in the fo ll . l ine — ~Clotho colum retinet, Lachesis

net,et A tropos occat : ep . M i lton

’

s LycidasComes the bl ind Fury wi th the abhorred shears,A nd slits the thin-spu n l i fe.

Al etuens :“ fearfu l of that ; metugre, to dread with anxiety of some

future evi l M M ,to fear an impend ing danger ; ve eri , a respect

~

fu l fear of some superior be ing f orm idare, to dread — ceteris bell i

the war aga inst’

l‘

r0y.

— Saturn ia ,se1 . fi lia , or dea , according to

the Greek theogony. Here ( j uno ) was the daughter of Kronos

i dentified by the Romans with Saturn. The Romans, however,represent no relationship between Iu no and Satu rn.

Ad Trojam : ad may be taken against, or

ap ud,“at. — Argis : here the town is put for the inhabitants=:

A rgivis, and this for Graecis. I l ere, or Juno, was worshippedspecial ly at A rgos, one o f the chie f ci ties of A rgol is.

—prima,

before all others,

”or some say,

“long ago cp. primus, v. 2 .

25 N ecdum animo nor had the spri ngs o f her anger nor the bitterness

o f her vexation yet gone ou t o f her mind etiam=et jam .

causae iraram : the motives o f wrath ; the plural irae refer to

the many man i festations of the passion ; see note v. 1 1 .—excide

ram had faded distingu ish in mean ing excido,excido.

2 6— Animo : in prose ea: animo : H . A . 81 G . 2 43, b.

— manet : H .

463, A . G. 2 05, d .— a lta —repostum= alle ( i n ) mente re

p osi tum“ la id away in herm ind : H . N . 3 ; A . G. 2 58,

f. What figure27— Judici um P aridis : Paris was judge in the contest of Juno, Venus,

and M inerva for the golden apple ; see Tennyson ’

s G enome.

spretaeque— formae

“and the insu lt offered to her slighted

beau ty ;” for obj. gen . H . 549, N 2 ; A . G. 2 92 a.

28— Gen us invisum referring to the bi rth of D ardanus, the son of Jupi terand Electra and founder of the T rojan l ine. (See genealogical tree,

p.

— rap ti , sci l . , ad caelum.

29— H is— super’

: fired w ith this, too , by what has been said in the

forego ing l ines : H . 4 16 ; A . 8: G . 245.— super : insuper,

“ be

sides,”i e . i n add i tion to her anxi e ty for Karthage.

— d eguore whyis the preposi tion in om i tted ? H . 425, II . 2 ; A . G. 2 58, f.

30— Reliquia8 D anaum‘

: what words are used in the plural only ? H .

131 A . G .—B anaum : the subj . gen . : H . 396, A .

G . 2 14. words have um for ors in gen. pl.? H .

A . G. 40 , e . Vergi l calls the Greeks D ana i , G'ra i i

, A rgivi ,Pelt/ 851i ,

'

Archivi .— A chi ll i decline

NOTES.

3 l — Latio: H . 4 14, N . 1 ; A . 81 G . 2 58, a.

32— Errabant : (had wandered and ) were still wandering ; H . 469 , 11.

2 ; A . G . 2 7 7 , b.

33— Tantae— erat ;“so vast a work itwas ; H . 402 A . G. 2 14, d,

2 15.

34— Vergi l, fo llowi ng the usual method of epic poets, plunges the reader

i n med ias res (Horace A . P . the earlier adventures being left

for the hero to tell in Books II. III. The Trojans have now left

the port of Drepanum in S ici ly. The natural order for a connected

narrative would have been Books II. , III. , v. 315, then Book I.in altum— Zach? d id they merri ly set their sai ls seaward .

”

35 Vela dabant, sci l . , ventis.— laeti , because they expected soon to end

their wanderings .—spumas salis observe the alli teration, the

foam of the salt sea sal cp. di g — aere, the bronze keels of thevessel aereis cari a is .

— ru ebant eruebant.

36—Quum Juno— secum, sci l . , loquz'

tur when Juno, nursing the'

un

dy ing wound in her heart, thus communes with ‘herself.”

- sub

p ectore,“ in her heart,

”l i t. “ beneath her breast.

”The heartwas

the seat of intel lect according to the Romans ; the lower organs

were the seat of passions.

— servans : cp. B urns’Tam O

’shanter,

nursing herwrath to keep i t warm.

37— Mene— victam : What ! am I to desist from my purpose, as one

baffled ?”

The accusative wi th inf. denotes indignation here : H .

539, A . G . 2 74 .— incepto : H . 4 1 3, N . 3 ; A . 81 G. 243. a.

38— N ec— o'

egem and am I not able to turn the leader of the Trojansaside from Italy ? — Imlia : H. 4 14 ; A . G. 2 58, a.

39_ Qu ippe (=qu i -pe)“ because fo rsooth, iron ical ; cp. (Mama— P a llas,

epi thet of A thene (M i nerva ) , from ( 1 ) mi l i eu», to brand ish, or (2 )1rd7t7ta §, a ma iden.

— N e : nonne : H . 351 , 1 . A . G. 2 1 0, a .

Argivum see note on v. 30 .

“the crew themselves, opposed to the ships

—p onto

abl. ei ther o f instrument or of place .

«l l— Ob 710m m etf urias : either on account o f the gu i lt and frenzy, or

(by ena llage)= ob noram furiosam on account of the gu ilty deedscomm itted in frenzy .

”— W ith G ilei , sci l . , fi li i A jax is said to haveoffered violence to Cassandra, priestt ss of M inerva

,daughter of

Priam . For another account see A jax (Proper Names) . Scan this

line.

42— Ip8a she with her own hand. Pallas and jupi ter were the onlydeities who are represented as wield ing the thunderbolt.

44— Pectore : abl . separation : H . 4 14,N . 1 ; A . 81. G . 243, b.

— turbi ne

abl . o f means : H . 42 0 ,A . 81 G . 248.

— 8copu lo : local abl. or dat.H . 42 5, N . 3 : A . 61 G . 2 60 , a .

54 vnuc i L’

s A I‘ZN . B . 1.

46— Ast— gero :“ bu t I who walk w ith stately tread , the queen o f the

gods, I, the sister and wi fe o f Jove, with a s ingle people so manyyears wage wars .

”— asl : archaic (mm of a t. The language of

epic poetry a l’fected archaisms. Note the majestic gait of Juno is

im i tated by the spondaic character o f the verse.

47— Et soror el conjuna: m oryurymv dh xév re Horn . 11. 16, 432 .— annos

H . 379, A . 81 G . 2 56.

48— G’ero :

“ have been (and sti ll am ) waging : H . A . G . 2 76,a .

—qu i squam : imply ing a negative ; H . 457 ; A . C . 1 05 h.

D isti ngu ish qu isquam, u llus and qu is ia, qu i l ibel .— adorat : others

read adoret : H . 485, A . 81 G. 2 68.

49— Praelerea z poslhac :“ hereafter.

—arz'

s : II. 386, A . 81. G . 2 28.

50— 00rde : H . 425, N . 3 ; A . 81 G . 258 f.

5l— We have in the fo l lowing l ines a l ively person ification of the winds.

L oca— auslris“a place big with blustering blasts.

”The winds

mentioned in the Aeneid are : N . , B oreas ; N . E .

, Aqui la ; E . ,

E urus ; S . , N otus or Auster ; S .W. , Af ricas ; W . , Z ephyrus ;N .W . ,

Corns or Caurus ; Iapyx. D istingu ish in mean

ing loca , loci .

52— D istingu ish in~ tense vém

’

t,véni t. —antrum : a cave or grotto, as a

beau ti ful obj ect with reference to i ts romantic appearance and

cool ing temperature : sp ecus, a gap wi th a longish open ing ;spelunca ,

a cavity in a m erely physical relation, wi th reference to

i ts darkness or dreadfulness.

53—We have here a fine example of im itative harmony (onomatopoeia ) ,the hissing sounds o f the winds b e ing well represented by the suc

cessive s’s the struggling winds and sounding storms.

54— Imperi o— frena l restrains beneath his sway and curbs them wi th

fetters in his pri50 1 house . The picture o f the winds may have

been suggested by the ludz, C'ircenses,at which chariot racing was

one of the chi ef features.— Imp er

'

10 : H . 42 0 A . G. 248.— vinclis

cl. carcerez‘

vincli s in carcere, or some sayz vincli s carceri s : what

figure ?

55~ I llr—fremunt : they chafi'i ng, while the great rock roars responsive,rage round the pri son bars

”N ote the alli te1ation .

— magno cum

murmure, a substi tute for the ablative absolute.

57— Scep tra tenezzs=omy71 romor sceptre in hand.

” “

pas

sions.

—r'

ras“rage : cp. v. 2 5, note.

58— N z’

a i cha ic form o fm’

si : see ast, v. 48.

— facia l— f eran& —verrant : the

pres . for impf. gives greater v ividness : A . G . 30 7 , b.—qu ippe,

doubtless,”i 1onical . N ote, verrmzt is i ntransi tive

,

‘‘sweep

Gl — Molem el montes—z molem mon l ium (byhend iadys) : “a mass of moun~

tains.

” —msuper“0 11 the top of them.

”

NOTES.

62—Regemque— ha beas and gave them such a k ing as knew,

when

hidden (by Jove) , by a fixed law e ither to tighten or to loosen the

reins.

”—qu i

— sci ret, for subj . : H . 497 , 1 A . G. 31 7 .—premere,

sci l. , habenas or ventos.—dare laxas : laxare.

—jussus , scil . , a

Jove.

65— N amque : in prose usually etenim,introduces a self-evident reason,

“seeing that.

” Here the particle assigns the reason of her com ingto him :

“ I have come to you , for, as you know,

”&c.—divum

m : Hom . II. 1 .544 warfip r’

wdpctw re 8501) re.

65—Mulcere—tollere z ut maloca s— tollas : H . 535, 1V. ; A . G . 331 . g.

-vento must be taken with both mu lcere and tollere. The ancients

seem to have thought that some wi nds calmed, whi le otherwinds

raised the sea.

67— Aeq-uor : a k ind of cognate accusative H . 37 1 . 11. N A . G. 2 38

cp. iévat

68— 1 l im —P enates the meaning seems to be that the conquered Trojanswi ll in Italy perpetuate their race and establ ish their rel igion . The

P enates are said to be vi ctos, as their o ld home I li umwas destroyed.

-P enates, Roman household gods, of which each fam i ly had i ts

own . These were worshipped wi th Vesta , the goddess of the hearth.

Each city also had its P enates . Those of Lanuvium , the chief ci tyof Latium,

were brought by Aeneas from Troy . A fterwards the ywere transferred to Rome. The roo t o f penates i s from pa , or, pat,“to nouri sh cp. a arép, from;

- 7r6n g) , dea-min i] ; cp. pater,

pasco, panis, pemw : Eng. father. The word may therefore mean

the images of“the original founders of the clan orgens .

69— Incute— ventis rouse thy winds to fury l it. strike strength into

the wi nds,”

as i f by a blow of his sceptre .— submersas “

so that

they wi ll be sunken, a proleptic use o f the participle (cp. v.

obrne et submerge puppes : cp. Shaks . King John, Heat me those

irons hot.”

70— Di versos, sci l ., viros,“the crew far apart.

”O thers read d iversas,

sci l . , naves .

7 l— Corpore :W : H . 4 19. IL ; A . G. 2 51 .

72—D eiopea . If this be the correct reading, D eiopea i s a case of inverted

attraction, i . e . , the antecedent is attracted into the case of the rela

tive qua e : cp. vs. 573. O thers read D eiopeam.

73—Jangam, sci l . , tibi .—conubi o : to get over the d ifficulty of scansion,

some take this word as a trisyllable, mak ing 12 consonant,u

propriamz perpetaam“and grant her to thee as yourwife for

ever :”

cp. Eel .

75— Pulchra prole : taken either ( 1 ) with parentem, ahL qual i ty, or (2 )wi th facial as, abl. means.

66 vr:ncr1.’

s AEN . B . 1 .

6— Tuus — exp lorare thine is the task to determ ine what thou

c! 100 3est.”— 0ptes : subj . of dependent question : H . 529 ; A .

G. 334.

7 7 Ta— tu— tu : note the emphasis’

.tis thou who gavest me whatever

realm this i s which I have .

”— sceptra Jovemque :“the sceptre and

the favor of jove,”or by hend iadys=scep tra Jovis,

“the sceptre

derived from Jove. A l l k ingly power came from Jove.

79— Ep u lis : decl ine this word .—accumbere : H . 535, 1V . ; A . G. 331 , g.

Vergi l here ascribes to the gods a custom prevalent among the

Romans o f his own day. The Greek s sat at meals as we do.

80— P otentem lord, see note on P enates vs. 68.—n imborum : H .

A . G .,2 18.

81— D icta ,sci l . sunt.— cavum— latzts with spear

-

po int turned thatway,

the hollow hill he struck on the side.

”Note the a lliteration. D is

tingu ish in mean ing ldtus and ld tus .

82 Velut agm ine facto as in banded array, abl . manner : H. 4 19,A . G . , 248.

83— Data (est) . —terra perfi ant they blow a blast across the world .

For ease of terras, see H . 372 ,A . 81 G .

,237 , d .

84— 1ncubuere mart they swooped down upon the sea formomentaryacti on o f perfect, see H . 47 1 , A . G. 2 79 : cp. éa éomtpav.

85— Ru unt : the change of tense is supposed to give vividness to the de

scription— archer procel lis Africas the gusty south-west wind .

”

—Af ricas cp.Map, as blowing from Libya called by the Italians

sti l l Afri co, or Gherbino .

SG— E tfluctus : the successive spondees well descri bed the measured motion of the heavy surges.

87— Insequ itur— rudentum“then follow both the shri eks of the crew

and the creak ing o f the cordage.

” — virum what words of the 2 nddecl. have the gen . pl . in 22m i nstead of orum ? H . A . G.

40 , a .— rudentes : were the l ight hangi ng gear of a ship (row

-eta ) ,

whi le funes (axoiwa ) , were the strong ropes to which the anchorswere attached, and by which the ship was fastened to the land .

SS— Eripi uut— ocu li s suddenly the clouds blot from the eyes of theT rojans both sky and light.

— d ies ,“ l ight,

”

probably the originalmeaning o f the word ; cp. d iu , bright : cp . dZFog, Acn (gen . ofZ ei 'g, god of the air), Jupp i ter D iana (=D iv-ana

,

the bright one) ,“the moon.

89— Incu o_t z

“ broods over. Morris well translates

0

“ N ight on the ocean l ies,Pole thunders un to pole , and sti ll wi th wi ld fire glare the skies,And a ll thi ngs. hold the face of death before the seaman

'

s eyes.”

58 vnuo i n’

s AEN . 13. 1 .

Some render jacet by“ fell , a his toric present, because we learn

from 11. 1 6, 667 , that the body o f Sarpedon was conveyed to Lyciaby S leep and Death.

l OO— S imois decl ine. Name the other rivers in the Troad.

l OQ— Ta lia jactanti as he utters these words dat. of reference : H .

384, 4, note 4 ; A . G. 2 35.— stri dens— procella ei ther a

squall howl ing from the north,

”

(Aqu i lone c abA qu i lone) , or, a

squall howl ing with the north wind, abl. o f accompaniment.

IO4— Avertit, sci l. , se=averti tur (middle force) , swings round.

105— D al , sci l. , p rora the prow exposes the side (of the ship) to thewaves.

”— i nsequi tur— mons close (on the ship) in a mass comes

on a precipitous mountain bi l low.

”— insequ itur, scil. , navem.

cumulo, abl. manner, with insequ itur.

106— Hi , properly=viri,

“the crew, butby synecdochez hae naves — his

—ap erit“to those the yawn ing bi llow di scloses ground amid the

waves.

”D i stingu ish unda , a wave, arising from . the ordinary

motion of water ; fluctue, a wave, caused by some external force, as

storms .

l O7— Fari t— aren is the seething flood rages with sand.— an

*enis : abl .

o f i nstrument. Conington translates :“sand and surf are raving

together.

”

108— Abrep tas— torquet=abripui t et torquet :

“ has caught and whirls .

latentia, hidden by the overflowing sea in stormy weather in a

calm they were visible.

l oQ— Saa'a— aras. The order i s saxa quaemed i is inW tibus (eastantia )[ ta li vacant Aras

“rocks which (standi ng out) in the m idst of the

bil lows the Italians call A ltars.

”The saxa referred to are probably .

the rocks just outside the bay of Karthage . O f these, the i nsu la

A egimuri is the chief. Some say the Karthagin ians priests used to

offer sacrifices there to avert shipwrecks on the rocks, hence the

term Ara . O thers say the Skerlci rocks are alluded to, situated in

the shal low between Tun is and S ici ly.

1 10 D orsum— summo a vast reef rising to the surface of the main.

dorsum, properly “a back

”of an an imal : cp. xozpdg, properly a

low,rugged rock rising l ike a hog

’s back on the surface of the

waves.— mari local abl .— Ab a lto from the high seas.

”

1 1 1— In brevi a cl Syrtes_—_ i n brevia (loca ) Syrti um on the shoals o f the

Syrtes.

”The Syrtes (so called from dragging in the ships ; dab

obpew rdg rnoc, or from the Arabian word Sert, mean ing a

desert, ) were two gu lfs in N orthern Africa, the Syrti s M ajor (Gu lfof S idra ) , the Syrti s M inor (Gu lf of Khabs) .— vi su : H . 547 ;A . G. 303.

NOTES .

l l 4— Ipsi us, sci l. , A eneae. Ipse l ike aim-(5g i s often used as a superior, as

of a leader, master, &c. : cp . abrbg égba : ipse d ixit, said o f Pytha

goras by his di sciples— a. verticez xar

’

dnpng, vertically. Scan

this line.

l l 5— p upp im. Whatwords have the accusative in i gnor em H . 62 A .

G . 56, b.— eatcutitur— caput

“the pi lot is dashed away and

headlong is rol led forward .

”— ea:cuti o, often used to throw out”of

a ship, chariot, or from a horse — pronus, cp. a pnvng opposed to

— magi ster, i .e .,navis gubernator.

1 16 old form of at,and l ike the Greek ( map, i t jo ins a previous

t ought to a new and d i fferent one“ whi lst on the spot thrice

the bi llow whirls it (sci l . , i l lam, or navem ), driving i t round and

round.

”

l l 7— Et— vortea: and the swift eddy engulfs i t navem) in the

deep.

”— rap idus, root RAP : cp. dprr-dgo (by metathesis) .— aequore,local abl .

M U S— The spondees describe well the labored movements of the struggli ngsai lors. —rari scattered here and there.

”

l lQ—Arma_ undas. The shields and spears may be referred to as floatingfor a whi le in the waves, or the p

i cture may be merely mo zn entary.

—gaza a pri nce

’s wealth.

l 20— Scan this line. Tell what metrical figure is in i t : H . 608, 111 .

D ecl ine Achates.

3 a.

lQl— Qua x in qua local abl .

122—Hiemps . The p is merely euphon ic, because it is difficu lt to pronounce s after m : cp. sumpsi .

“ lane'

s— f atiscunt“through the

loosened fastenings o f the sides, all (the ships ) draw in the unwel

come water and gape wi th (many ) seams.

”— imber : properly rainwater : herezz mare : cp. V irg. Georg.

— r im i s, abl . manner.

124 Interea : refers to a matter o f some duration : i nterim : to a thingmerely momentary : interea ,

includes the time occupied from the

winds swooping down on the sea (v. 84) up to the presen t. We

may translate , while this was going 0 11 , N eptune greatly movedfelt that the deep was disturbed with dread fu l din . What figurein this l ine ?

125— Etf vasti s and that the sti ll waters were forced up (to the surface)from their lowest depths.

”Servius takes stagna to mean the sti ll

waters at the bottom o f the deep— vadi s, abl . of separation : H .

4 14, N . , 1 A . G. 243.

— commotus : “ moved”in heart

, thougho f serene countenance (p lacid

-

um — a /to prosp i r'iens may

mean ( 1 )“ look ing forth from the deep sea, where his palace was

abl . sep. ( 2 )“ look ing forth o

’

er the deep,"the ab] . representing

the Space over which the view is taken : cp. v. 81 (more correctly

60 VERG IL’S AEN . B . 1.

prosp icere takes an ace . in this construction ,as in v. 155) (3) ir

his regard for the main,

”the dat. : H . 385, 11 1 A . 81. G . 2 2 7, c.

127 Unda : abl . of sep. H . 4 14, N . 1 ; A . 81 G . 243.

128 Toto— aequore : see note, vs.

.

2 9.

129— C’ael i rui na : by the wreck of heaven. The violent storm of rain

is considered as the downfal l o f the sky i tself.

l 30— La laere— fratrem were unknown to her brother wi th latea andacc. , cp. use of l arfid .

131— Scan this l ine and tell what metrical figure is in i t H . 608, 111.

l 32 —Tantane— vestrt has such confidence in your origin possessed

you P”

The winds were the sons of Aurora and the Ti tan A straeos,so that they were 011 the one si de o f divine origin and on the other

they were descended from a rival of the gods .

l 33— Num ine consent from nuo, to nod .

134— Tantas moles such m ighty bi l lows. What k ind of a verb isandeo What others of the same class ?

l 35— Quos ego, sci l ., u lciscar. What figure ? H . 637 , x i . 3 ; A . G ,

page 2 99.

l 36— Postz postea hereafter.— Non may be taken ( 1 ) either with

simi li , (2 ) orwith luette ; the former is preferable :“

you shall payme another penalty for a second si 11 .

”-Commissa luere : cp.

n ewpayyéva Mew.

l 38— N on— datum not to him, but to me was allotted the stern tri dent

of ocean empire,”l iterally “

the empire o f ocean and the stern

trident.” —saevum “

stern, as the sceptre is the badge ofauthori ty.

l 39— Sorte z Juppiter, N eptu ne, and Pluto are said to have received their

realms by allotment, a notion probably suggested by the Roman

mode of assigning the provinces at the beginn ing of the year.

140 Vestras : re ferri ng to the whole winds, though directly addressed to

Eurus.— i l la— Aeolus :

“ let A eo lus glory in hi s palace,” literallygive himself airs.

l 41— Et—regnet : and let him reign when he has closed the prison of

the winds .

”— carcere abl . abs.

[ 42— D icto ottine ere the words were spoken H . 4 1 7 , N . 5 A . G.

2 47 , b.

—p lacat distingu ish in mean ing p lacare, placére pendére,

pendere a lbare, a lbere fngare, fuge'

re jdeére, jacére sedare,sede

‘

re.

NOTES.

l4 l — Adnixus, sci l. , navibus pushing against the ships.

l l S— Scopulo : abl. of separation . Vergil does not seem to distingu ish

scop ulus , a high po inted cl i ff, affordi ng a wide lookout (rt. SCEP ;

cp. oxérrel og) saxum,a huge rock o f whatever form cp. fre

’

rpa ;rapes, a jagged cl iff ; ca utes, a small rock down in the water and

invisible to the sai lors.— leuat, sci l . naves.

l -f6— Aperit he makes his way through.

”— Syrtis : see note, vs. 1 1 2 .

temp erat : distingu ish the meaning of this verb wi th ( 1 ) dat. , ( 2 )ace . H . 385, IL ,

1 .

l 47— Levibus : distingu ish in meaning levis, le’

ve’

s. The adj. i s best taken—l eviter, an adv. , modfying perlabitur

“and gently in his car he

glides o’

er the top of the waves.

”— votis : part forwho le (synechdoche )=curru .

l 48- l 50— A c veluti even as when o ft in a throng of people stri te

arises, and the fierce multitude rage in the irm inds, and now brands

and stones are flying ; madness lends arms.

”O ne o f the best known

o f Vergi l’

s s im iles . T his sim i le reverses the order observed byHomer. In 11. 2 , 144 , Homer compares the d in of the assembly tothat o f the sea . Vergi l here compares the sea paci fied by Neptune

to a violent mob swayed by some respected orator. Man reminds

the more pictorial poet of natu re nature rem inds the more philo

sophic poet o f man.

”— magno i n populo l i t.“in a vast throng.

”

coorta est : gnomic perfect : H . A . 81 G . 2 70, c.

149— Sed itio derived from se, itio, a go ing apart, i .e. a riot for depentheti c : cp. redeo, prodeo.

— anim is : probably a locative cp.

animi d iscrucior, animi aeger .

l 5o—Jamque and at length jam impl ies the idea of a gradual pro

gression up to a certain time ; nunc,defin itely the present. aces

et saxa were the arms o f a Roman mob, as the carrying of arms was

forbidden wi thin the city .

l 51 - l 52— Tum ,correlati ve w i th cum ; v. 1 48

“then i f, perchance, they

catch s ight of one revered for goodness and service, they are si lent

and stand bywi th attentive ear. —p ieta te gravem ac meri l ls. Some

say that C icero is meant — quem : when is qu is z a l iqu is ? H .

A . 81 G . 1 05, d .— forte,

“

perchance,”takes the i ndie.

, so

also forsa n ; fortasse has once the ind ie . in Vergi l, otherwise the

subj . ; forsitan has regu larly the the subj .

l5'

2— C'onspeasere : the individuals composing the throng (vulgus) are

thought of ; hence the plural. The perfect is used to express

momentary action .— adstant : “

they stand by. N ote force of ad.

154— Cunctus— fragor all the uproar o f the sea is at once hushed.

D ecline pelagus . D i stingu ish in mean ing ceci dit ceci dit — aequora

prospi ciens“ look 1ng o

’

er the calm deep. See note vs. 1 2 6.

62 VERGIL’S AEN. B . 1 .

l 55 ~ Geni toe eptunus z pa ler seems tohave been a general epithet of

a river or sea de ity ; cp. pater T iberinus (L ivy, pater

Oceanus (V irg . Georg , pater P ortunus (Vi rg . Aen. ,

80 also Homer calls O cean 685myéuscw. It was one of the dogmas

of the Ionic School o f Philosophers that water was the primaryelemen t of all things

- a doctrine evidently held by Vergi l . —ap ertocleared

”of clouds, i . e. serene .

”

156— Curruque— secundo and he lets his gliding chariot fly with

loosened rein ,

”literal ly “ he flying gives reins to his gliding

chari ot. — curru=curru i .— secundo : i . e.

“ following his steeds,hence “

gl id ing.

”

l 57— A eneadae followers of Aeneas ; so the A then ians are called

Cecrop idae, Thesi dae, from thei r original leaders—quae litora

the -nearest shores the relative here suppl ies the place of our

article .— cursu=rap ide, abl . of manner ; cp. dpéurp z raxv.

l 58— Vertuntur z vertunt se : l iterally “turn themselves. The passive

endings in Latin arose out o f the reflexive forms of the active byadding to the verbal stem wi th the taeh vowel the ace. of the

reflexive pronoun which was for al l persons— se — e final was after

wards dropped, and the remain ing form sometimes changes 8 to r

vertorz verto-se verteri s=vertesi ~ se ; vertiturz verteti -se : H . 465A . G . 1 1 1 , N . 1 .

l 59— Est locus : probably an imaginary place. Some refer the description to N ova Kart/raga (Cartagena ) in Spain o thers to N eapol is.

— tu secessu longo“ in a deep receding bay.

”Con ington finely

renders these l ines

D eep in a bay an island makesA haven by i ts ju tting si des

,

Where in each wave from Ocean breaks,And , parting, into hollows glides.

H igh o’

er the cove vast rocks extend,A beetl ing cli ff at e ither end

B eneath the ir summits far and wide,In she ltered s i lence sleeps the tide,Whi le qu iveri ng forests crown the scene

A theatre of glancing green.

l GO— Objecta laterum by the shelter o f i ts sides .

—qu ibus, against

which abl . instr. : H . 42 0 ; A . 81. G . 248.

l 6 l— Inque— reductos and wave parts into the deep hollows of the

bay.

”— sinus, properly“a bosom

,

”then

“a gu l f.

”Cp. the

change of mean ing o f K67L7ror, Romaic yéMmg, Eng. gu lf.— sci ndi t

sese=sci ~nd itur.

162— H inc— scopu li on this side and on that huge rocks and twin cl iffs

tower threateningly towards heaven.

” —m inantur : rt. M IN, to

ju t cp . mons m inae, properly the gable ends o f a house.

163— Late“far and wide.

NOTES.

164— Aequora— si lent “ the calm sea l ies safe and sti ll

,l it. the calm

sea, safe (from the winds ), is sti ll.” —tuta may, however, mean

safe for ships.—tum —corusc£s

“then a background of waving

woods.

”— scaena : cp. exam] , the background o f the Roman theatre,the circular form of the bay (si nus) having suggested the idea of the

pit (cavea ) .— si lvis : abl. qual ity . D istinguish S i lva,a wood in a

general sense, wi th re ference to the timberz fihfl : rte-mus, a plea

sant place, a

166 F’ronte— antrum :“ beneath the brow (o f the cl iff faci ng (the en

trance o f the harbour) i s a cavern (formed ) of hanging rocks.

”

scopu lis, abl. of description .— wi th antrum supply est.

167— Aquae du lces springs of fresh water opposed to aquae amarae,saltwater springs.

” —viv0 saxo o f native ( i . e . unhewn ) rock,”abl . of description.

168— N on— u lla z nu lla . The calmness of the harbour i s contrasted with

the ragi ng of the sea.—fessas : the shi ps are spoken o f as i f en

dov’

ved with life : cp. Shaks. Romeo and Jul iet “thy sea-sick

weary bark .

lGQ— Unco—Jmorsu wi th i ts crooked bite . Vergi l here is gui lty of

anachron ism . A nchors were not in use in the Homeric ships,which had large stones (sw at

, sleepers) to steady them.

l 70— Septem : the original numberwas 2 0 in al l (vs. The seven

were made up o f three f rom the reef (vs. threefrom the sand

bank (vs. and hi s own.

" collecti s “ mustered .

”— navi busabl . of accompan iment

,or abl . abs.

l 7 l — Subit enters.—amore z desiderio longing, for something

absent orwanting.

l 72—Egressi , sci l. , ea: navi bu s having disembarked cp. éfcfiatvw,often used with ex vfiogom i tted — arena : what other case does poti or

govern ? H . 4 10 , v. 3 ; A . G. 2 2 3, a .

173— Et— ponunt : and they stretch on the shores their limbs drenchedwi th brine tab~ es, tab-esco same root as

“

nix-w by labialism .

l 74— S i lici :“ from flint ; fordat : H . A. G . 2 2 9, c.

175 - Suscepitque-folns and nursed the fire amid the leaves H

. 42 0

A . G . 248.— atque

— dedit and besides he placed around (thefire, i . e .

,ignem) dry chips or circum— ded it may be by tmes is :

circumdedit, sci l . , igni . The origi nal meaning of dare (cf. with root

DA ,08 in ri -Ofl-lu ) is

“to place.

”

l 76 — Rapu z‘

tque ammam. Servius says rapu i t z raptim fecz’

t, and

qu ickly he started a blaze among the touchwood Heyne makes

64 VE ttG IL’s AEN. B . t.

rapu itz raptim excepit, probably mean ing that the fire started byrubbing together the dry pieces of wood and then qu ick ly placingthe fire around the tinder.

17 7 Cererem corruptam the corn damaged note the metonymy so

vs. 2 15.-Cerea li a arma “

the vessels o f Ceres, may refer to the

handmi tl (saxa ) , knead i ng trough, etc.

ITS— Espedi unt“they fetch, out o f the ships. essi rerum, e ither

weary wi th the world , or reru n: erum adversaram,weary

with the ir m isfortunes : H . A . G . 2 18, c.— receptas

recovered”from the sea.

l SO— Scopn lum, properly, 3. look -out cp. mcémsl og, Lat. specula ,

S PEC -07cm“

,by metathesis.

l Sl— Pelago, see note on a lto,vs. 1 2 6 ; the abl . of the space moved over

i n v ision“o’

er the deep.— A nthea — vi rleat : lit. “ i f he can see

any Antheu s,”i . e . ,

i f he can anywhere see A ntheus It may

also be taken ,

“ in the hope that he may see some tempest-to s sed

(bark of ) Antheus .

”ForA nthea quem z Anthei quam. (navem) : cp.

ZEn. jam. proximas ardet Uca legon z jam proxlzna ardet

domu s Ucategontis. For mood of vi deat : H . 529, 1 1. 1 A . G .

334, f.— bire7nes : Vergi l is gu i lty of an anachron ism here, as no

such ships existed in the Homeric era.

183— Arma, shields arranged on the stern which would flash in the sun

shine : cp. fEn . 8. 92 .

184 —S0me have raised the question whether deer are found i n Africa.

185— Armenta : properly, ploughing cattle,”i . e. , oxen ,

bu t often

applied to other k inds o f an imals to horses ( ZEu . 3. 540 ) to apes

(Pl iny 7 , 2 ) to sea monsters (Georg. 4.—jumentum ( z j ug

mentum) draft cattle.

”

186— Hic d istingu ish in mean ing hi e, hi e.

190— Sterm'

t :“ he lays low.

— vu lgus, said of beasts, cp. Georg. 3, 469vulgns inca ntam.

—~ et tu-

rham “and dri ving with his shafts the

Whole herd (o f deer) , he disperses them am id the leafy woods .

”

192 — P rius quam ,denotes purpose : hence the subj . in f undat. — prius

aerl net nor stays he ti ll he stretches on the sod seven great victims

and thus has a number equal to that of the ships.

”—pri u s quamH

. 520 , 2 A . G. 32 7 , a .— hnmi what otherwords are used in

the locative ? H . 42 6, 2 ; A . G. 2 58, d .

194 —Partitur, maedam.

195— Vi na cadis onerarat, by hypal tag/ez mino cados onerarat.— cleinde

d ivid it. Scan this l ine, and te ll what metri cal figure in ir.—b0nus,

jo in with heros.

66 VERG IL’S AEN . B . I.

“ l l — Vergi l was wel l versed in the ceremo n ial rites o f the Roman rel igion .

The m inuteness o f the description is para lleled by Hom . I l . ,

473.

— costis : abl . separation— viscera , properly, the great interna l

Organs, as the heart, l iver, &c. ,but also applied to the flesh in

general, or to anything beneath the sk in .

2 12— P ars—secant— figunt : what figure ? H . A . at G. 205, c.

veribus : abl. instr.— trementia , sci l. , vi scera .

—figunt=transfig m

213— Aena ,scil . , vasa

“the bronze pots.

”Vergi l is here gu i lty of an

anachronism, Homer’s heroes knowing nothing of bo iled meat.

The hot water may have been for the bath taken before the meal

began .

214 Victa—mires wi th food they repair their strength.— fusi ,

“stretched.

215— B acchi z vin i see note vs. 1 7 7 : H . 409, v. 1 A . G. 248, C. ,R .

-imp lentur=se implent see note vs. 158 ; H . 465 A . 81 G . 1 1 1

N . 1 .— f erinae, sci l . , carnis : “

venison cp. agn ina ,

“ lamb

bovina ,

“ beef ;”

vitalina , veal .”— f era is etymologically the

same as Gr. 97710, German thier, Eng. deer, which was once a

generic term , as is each of its Aryan equi valents.

216— P ostquam— epul is after hungerwas appeased by the feast.

”De

cline fames and epu lum. For tense of exemta est H . 47 1 , 4 ; A .

St G. 324. Vergi l is think ing of the customs of his own day, when

the tables were brought in and taken ou t. It is not lik ely that theshipwrecked Trojans had any tables at all.

2 17— Am issos— requ irunt they talk with li ngering regret of their lost

comrades in many words .

”- requ iro, to ask about something

needed.

2 l&—Spem i nter anastrophe.— dubn , wavering.

” —sew—sive : in the

pre-Augustan period we find sive— si ve, seu — seu

,but after that

time we generally find sea— Sive, si ve— seu .— credant : H . 486,

A . a G. 334, b.

219— Extrema pati to have su ffered their final doom , a euphemism

for mori .-nec— vocatos

“and that they no longer hear when

m lled .

”The reference is to the conclamatio, i. e. cal li ng the dead

by name, and also shouting va le, or have.

220 —0rontei decli ne this word.

22 1— Secwm : by himself, not in sight of his comrades.

222 —Aethere : abl. separati on : H . 4 13 ; A . G. 243.

223—Fim'

s the end of the day, or of the feast.

NOTES.

‘224— Desp t'

ciens “ look ing down upon . O thers read ( l ispz'

ciens , looki ng abroad .

— ve1ivolum al ive wi th fli tting sai ls.

”

325— S ic— constitit even so took he his stand on a peak of h eaven

cp. use of Homeri c not,rent (in.

226— Regm'

s on the realms (dat. or

Tales curas such cares as became the ru ler o f the world .

”28 -Tristior: subtri stis sadder than was herwont : H . 44 1 , 1 A .

G . 93, a .— ocu los H . 378 A . G . 240 , c.

230 -Fulmi ne the l ightning that strikes the earth Kepavvég fu lgur, the

gleam of the lightn ing=aorpa 7r77.

23l — Qu id— orbis what sin so heinous cou ld my Aeneas have comm i tted

against thee, what sin , the Trojans, to whom,after su ff ering so many

hardshi ps, the who le world is closed on account of Ita ly cunctus,

for co-janetas or co- vineta s. ob Ita liam to prevent their com ing

to Italy .

234— tlerte : d isting uish certo ,a particle of a ffim i ation jo ined with scio,

“surely, ” “

certainly, and certe , which mod i fi es a statement,

“at

least,” jo ined to any verb . jo in w i th pol licitus , sci l . , es .

— hinc

hinc is ( 1 ) e i ther a repeti tion , ( 2 ) or, there are two clauses : hinc

Romanos fore, hinc d uctores fore a sangu i ne Teacri . —volventibus

ann is : cp. Homer’

s f repm l oluévwv émavrcbv.

236—Qu i— tenerent shall hold,impe if . subj . of virtual obl ique narra

tion : H . 493 1 A . G . 2 86.

237— P oll iritus, scil . , es .

238— Hoe by thi s,”

abl . of means referring to the prom ise mentioned

239— Fatis— rependens balancing fates by opposing fates ; strictlycontraria is an i nverted epi thetz contrari is .

— fa tis : the downfall

of Troy i s compensated by the hope o f reaching Italy.

240 Tot— actos harassed by so many woes.

242 Medus— A chi eis escaping from the m idst o f the Greeks. Sopho

cles represents Antenor as having escaped by co llus ion from T roy,

the Greeks having spared his l i fe as he conco rted a plan to de l iver

Troy into the ir hands. Some say he survi ved the fa llen ci ty , and

founded there a new k ingdom others,that he settled irnL ibya.

243— Penetrare coasted along.

68 VBRGIL’

S any . B . 1.

Per ora norem : the rises abou t a m i le from its mouth at

the head o f the Adriatic sea. Between the fountain o f the river

and the ou tlet are several subterranean channels, through which the

sa lt water of the sea i s forced back by a storm,break i ng out at the

fountain through seven holes or crevices in the rock, and overflowingthe channel of the river.

246— It— proruptum : ( 1 )“the sea comes bursting up ; (2 )

“ it (theTimavus ) ro lls as a dashing sea (3) i t ro lls to break upon the

sea proruptum ,a supine in thi s last. The first is the most

natural explanation.—pelago, surge.

247— Tamen in spite o f all his dangers .

’— arhem Patavi : H . 396,VI . A . G. 2 14, f. In Vergi l

’

s day Patavium (now P ad-

11a ) wasthe fourth ci ty o f the empire in wealth

,rank i ng next to Rome,

Alexandria, and Gades (Cadiz) . The Veneti , orHeneti , are said to

have come from Paphlagon ia to Italy others say they were Kelts.

248 Fixit : i . e. ,hung them up in the temple as a token of his wars being

over.

249— N unc— qui esci t now reposing,he rests in peaceful sleep.

—com

postas referring to his to i ls be ing over. Some say that compostas

refers to A n tenor’

s death ; Cp. énn fiévat : comp onere, to stretch out

a body for buri al.

250— N os, i . e . ,Venus and her son A eneas.

— adnuo : cp. Karavetbw, to nod

the head down , to give assent ; denuo= évavet§w. to nod the head

up, to d issent.—caeli arcem Aeneas was worshipped as one of the

Dei indigetes : A en . 1 2, 794 : L i vy,

25l — Inf andum : Oh, horror unspeakable : H . 381 , A . G. 240 , d.

un ius : i . e. o f Juno .

252— Prodimur are forsaken byJuppiter.

053— H ie, agreeing with the predicate honos is this the reward shownto piety H . A . G . 195, d .

254 H . 186,

1 . A . G . 1 00,d .— Subrz

'

dens : wi th theforce of sub — cp. that of {mo— in br oyel av.

055— The majestic spondees gi ve dign ity to the look o f Jove.

256— Scan this l ine and name the metrical figu re in i t see note,vs. 131 .

257— 1lffetu-: metu i : H . 1 1 6 A . G . 68, 1V . i the

’

rEa : adjective femfrom Cythera see note on L avini , next line. Venus was so cal ledbecause she was worshipped at the island o f Cythera (now Cerigo) .Her o worship was probably a remnant o f the o ld Phoenician

yorship of Astarte, who was afterwards identified with Venus and11 110 .

NOTES.

258 thical dative, according to your wish H . 389 A . G .

arhem et moen ia : (by hend ia ttys) urbis moenia .— L c

‘

tvini

here ; in vs. 2 : Lavi na Such variations in quantity are

frequent in the case of proper names.

259— Sublimem on high : H . 443 A . 81. G. 19 1 .

260— Magnan imum : cp. Homeric peyc’

zdv/zog, peyahnrwp.

26 1— H ic— subactis this one according to your wish— for I shall declare

the fates,since this anxiety tormen ts thee, and, unrolling the

mysteries of destiny at greater length, I wi ll bring them to l ight

this one , I say, shall carry on a great war in Italy, and shal l crush

the warl ike tri bes, and shall give laws to the people , and shall bu i ld

towns, unti l the third summer sees him reigning in Latium and

three winters are passed after the subjugation o f the Ru tu l i .”

- tibi

see note, vs. 2 58.

—quando=quandoqnidem : this mean ing occurs

on ly i n poetry and in post-Augustan prose cp . 61'

s for (in in Greek .

— volvens : the metaphor is taken from the unrol l ing o f a bookcf. vo lumen, properly an unroll ing, hence a volume — mores

moenia ponere : cp. vé/tovc— f eixea HeZvat. The two i deas were

i nseparable in the Roman m ind , as the bu i ld ing of a ci ty implied

the establishment of laws. There i s no real zeugma,

as the

d ifference in sense exists on ly in the Engl ish translation — viderit'

:

H . 51 9, 1 1 . A . G . 328.— R utu lis— subactis : ei ther ( 1 ) an ab].

abso l or ( 2 ) dat. of reference : H . 384 4, IV . , 3 ; A . G . 2 35.

terna— hiberna , sci l . , castra z tres hiemes : l i t. wintercamps,”i .e.

winters . N ote the use o f the distri butive instead of the cardinal

numeral wi th a noun having a pl. fo rm only.

At : the idea is“though

,

the reign o f Aeneas shall be short, sti ll,note, vs . 1 1 6 .

— Iulo : H . 387 , N . 1 A . G. 231 b.

QGS— Stetit : for tense H . 519, 1. A . G . 2 76, e, N .— regno : H . 4 19,

A . G . 2 18.

266 — llfagnos— orbes referring to the annual cycle in contradistinction to

the monthly revolution .

—volvendis : volretztibus, from the deponent

reflex ive volvor : H . 465, N . 1 ; A . G . 2 96. The gerund ivehas been the force o f the present participle

— mensibus : abl .

abso l . , or abl . inst. , ormanner.

270— Imperio : e ith‘

er= imperando, abl. of manner ; or dat. “ for hisreign .

27 l — Longam A lbam : cp. Livy 1 , 2 . For inversion of names cp. Hor.

0d .

272— H ic : at A lba — jam henceforth.—ter centum : according to

the rece ived date o f the fa ll o f T r0y, this n ou ld pu t the fo undationO f Ro me abo ut 850 B . C .

,lns lcztt l o f 753 B .C .

— u gu abitur,

“the

dynas ty sha ll last z” H . 30 1 , 1 A . G. 1 46, c.

40 VERG IL’S AEN. B . i .

0 7 3— Il eetorea : the race takes i ts nan e from i ts greatest hero cp. Romu

l ida e, A SSCLI'

fl t‘ltl tl e

, Cecropz'

dae, or perhaps there is a re ference to

the warl ike spi rit o f the Romans — regi na sacerdos : it is d i fficu lt

to say which of these substantives is u sed adj ectively . The refer

ence i s to Rhea S i lvia, daughter o f Numitor.

274— Partn : H . 4 1 9, A . G. 248.— dabit z H . 519. A . G .

328.

- 1tia ,i . e . of the fam i ly o f l lus, one of the fou nders o f the

Trojan line Rhea S i lvia is genera lly given as her name .

275— Lapae— laetus gay i n the tawny hide of the she-wol f that nursed

him z” H . 4 16 ; A . G . 245.

276— Fxxei1net shall receive by succession cp. éxdéxeofiat. —J[ avortia

Mars (o ld form Manors Mamers ) was the patron de i ty o f Rome,

and un iversally worshipped by the Ita lian people . The word is

from MAR ,MAL

,

“to grind or

“crush.

” He i s identified with

Thor Mio ln ir, i . e .,Thor, the smasher, o f Norse mytho logy.

278 Meta s rerum ,

“ limi t o f empi re : the meaning is that Rome shall

have a u n iversal and an eternal empire .

279— Quin z qu i ne nay even . Disting uish the mean ings o f ga in when

used with the ind ic. ,the subj . ,

and the imper.

281— Consi l iar— referet shall amend her plans. Distingu ish in mean

ing réf ert, rrZ/‘

ert.

282— 7’

ogatam : The Romans had the toga ,or gown ,

as their charac

teri stic dress as the Gau ls had the bracca e, or trews the

Greeks the pa llium ,or cloak .

”l l ence gens togataz l tomani

gens hraecata : G’a lli gens pa lli ata z Graeci . A s the toga was the

civi l gown ( in contradistinction to sagum,the m ili tary cloak ) Vergi l

may re fer here to the civi l greatness of the Romans as he may refer

to the irm i litary p i owess as lords o f tlre world (rerum dom i nos) .

S icplaci tum,sci l . , m ihi estz sicm ihi p lacet su ch is my pleasureH . A . G . 146, N .

— ln .-lri s labentibus “as the years

glide by,”abl. abs . cp. volvendis m ens ibus . [ u s

-

(rum, properly theperiod between two successive pu rificati ons to wash cp.

Greek 1 0130 . A fter the censor had completed his enumeration of

the people (census) which was done every five years, an expiatorysacrifice (lustrnm ) was held .

D oma s Assaraci“the line of Troy . The fami ly of Aeneas is

meant, be ing descended from Assaracus (see table, p. 2 — Phthi a

a d istrict of Thessaly, i n which was si tuated Larissa, a town, where

Achi lles and N eopto lemus were born .— Myeenas : the royal city of

Agamemnon,near Argos . A reference is made here to the subju

gatton o f Greece in 146 B .C .

NOTES .

285— Victi s— Argis shall lord i t over conquered A rgos . O nly in latewri ters domi nor governs a dative or geni tive. [ n the best writers it

is construed in a liquem, or i n a ligna re. For dat. H . 385, IA . G. 2 2 7 . D ecline A rgis .

286— 0rigine : abl . origin H . 4 19, 1 1 . A . G. 51 .—Caesar, i . e. ,

A ugu stus. His pmper name was C . O ctavius Thurinus, bu t by the

wi ll o f his uncle, C . Ju l ius Caesar, he was made his hei r, and con

sequently took the name, 0 . J uli us Caesar, add ing Oefa uia nus, his

own genti le name. A ugu stu s (revered) was bestowed on him by the

Senate and the people, 2 7 B .C.

287— Qui — term i net : subj . of purpose : H . 497, A , G ,

Oceano abl . means.

288— Caelo : poetic= ad caelum in prose. Augustus in his l i fetime was

worshipped as a de i ty : Hor. O d .— 0ri enti s onustum . The

reference i s probably to the restoration o f the standards taken fromCrassus at the battle o f Carrhae, B . C . 53. These were restored,B .C . 2 0 . O thers think the poet refers to the return of Augustus

after the battle o f Actium, B .C . 31 .

290— Hic quoque i . e. , Caesar, as well as Aeneas.

292— (Jana untarnished. The Romans o ften exalted abstract qual i ties,as Pudor, Fortune , &c.

, to the rank of deities . The return o f the

golden age i s here prophesied.

293— J ura dabunt : shall impose laws.— d irae p ortae the gates o f

war grim with closely welded iron bars shal l be closed .

”— f erro et

compagibusz f erfrati s compagibus , by hend iadys. The reference is

to the closi ng o f the temple o f Janus, ei ther in B .C . 29 or B .C . 25.

294— Impi us unholy, as the cau se o f the civil wars of the Romans.

These three l ines are said to describe a picture by Apelles repte

sentingWar fettered wi th chains, or a statue of Mars exhibiting the

god bound with chai ns and seated on a pi le o f arms.

295— Centum— vinctus, sci l . , manus,implied in post tergum :

“ his hands

bound behind h is back w ith countless fetters o f brass.— centum ,

o ften used for an indefinitely great number.

297— Ma ia geni tum : -H . 4 15, A . G . 2 44, a. Mercury was son or

juppiter and Maia, the daughter o f A tlas.

298— Utpateam : H . 498, A . G . 331 .

299— Hospitia Teucris both datives alterpateant.

300— Arceret : H . 497 , A . G . , 31 7 . The historic present maytake i n form a present subj . (pa teunt) , or an imperfect in respect ofsense (areeret) H . 495, A . G . 2 87, e .

4 2 vn i to i L’

s AEN . n. 1 .

- 7'

emigio a larum by the oarage o f his wirgs : cp. Aeschylus,Ag. 52 ; n repi

’

fywv éper/ miorv r'

pecmé/zevoc. The wings o f the cap

(petasus ) of Mercu ry and o f his sandals (ta laria ) are aptly comparedto a ship

’

s banks of oars . ae — oris“and qu i : kly he alighted on

the coasts o f L ibya.

”— eitus : pred icate adj. with the force of an

adverb — e n'

s : local abl . : cp. M i lton, Par. Lost, 5, 2 66

Down thi ther prone in fl ightHe : peeds , and thro ugh the vast etherea l sky,Sa i ls between worlds and worlds, e tc.

”

302 —Facit —ponant note the simu ltaneous order and resu lt.

303 V“ lente dear firouUél ovr og since the god wi l led it.— in prim is

beu ignnm most o f all does the queen entertain a peacefu l dis

pos ition and friendly m ind toward the Trojans.

”D ido is repre

sented as receiving these feel ings from Mercury. D istingu ish a n imus

(iv/log, the sou l as seat of the feelings ; the m ind as

the think i ng facu lty .

305 Volvens, sci l. , in an imo revolving in his m ind.

306— Lux a lma the k ind ly l ight.

”— ea: ire, governed by constitu it.

307 Vento : .

“ by stress o f weather.— 0ras : explanatory o f 10008 “

to

what shores he has been borne by the wind governed by ad in

accesserit : H . A . G. 1 70 , a . 1 . The subj . is used in

ind irect questions : H . A . G . 334.

309— Exaeta : either ( 1 )“the resu lt o f his enqu iries exigere, is some

times u sed ia the sense o f,“to enqu ire :

”so examenz exag

-men ,

“the beam o f a balance, or

-.rd n eapay/zéva :

“the report of

what he d id“and to bring back the resu lts of his enqu i ries to

his comrades .

3l O— in convexo nemorum within a vau lt o f woods,”i .e .

,within the

vau lted woods,”the overhanging cli ffs were formed into a cave by

the action o f the W ZIVC S .

3l l — Classem clausam oeculit classem clausz’

t et occu lit see note

v. 69.

312— Conn'

ta fus : for deponents u sed passively : H . A . G . 1 35,b.

-A cha te : this ablative o f agent is rare, except with the part.

com itatus : H . 4 1 5, 1 A . G . 2 48.

313— B ina a pair : H . 1 74 A . G . 95, d .— fer§g: M

qual ity : H . 4 1 9, A . G . 2 51 .

314— Cu i mater sese tu lit obvia to meet him his mother crossed his

way.

”— cu i : H . H . A . G . 2 28, b.— obvia , poetic

fo r obriam : H . 443 ; A . G . 1 9 1 .

— med ia— si lva : local abl. :

H . 42 5~ I. ; A . G. 254

7 4 vnno tL’

s AEN. B . 1 .

335 - Venus, sci l. , loqu itur.

— equ i ffem’tis true, I consider myself

worthy o f no such honour : H . 42 1 , N . 2 A . G . 245, a . Sherefers to the honour o f being addressed as a goddess o r nymph.

337 :— Purpureo— cothurno the purp le buskin

'was worn high and generallyby hunters, horsemen,

and actors.

338— P uni ca : also P oeniea connected wi th Phoen ix : -cp. mun ire

1noeni a . For the dropping o f the h,see Papi llon

’s Comparative

Phi lo logy : p. 82 .

339— L ibget'

. The original Karthagin ian settlers did not throw oh“

the yokeo f the L ibyan tribes ti ll about the age o f Cambyses o f Persia ,

i . e. ,

530 B .C .—genus in apposition wi th the noun implied in L ibyei .

340 — regit holds the sway, not ru les over the domain.

341— Longa— i njuria

“tedious would be the tale o f wrong H . 476, 5

A . G. 31 1 , c.

342— Ambages : detai ls lit round about ways “ ins and outs.

sed— rem m bu t I shall relate in order the main po i nts o f the

story. ”— seguar: persequ ar.— summa— fastigia : cap ita . Conington

renderslong,

And dark the story of herwrongT o thread each tangle time wou ld fa il,So learn the summ its of the ta le .

343 Sean this l ine also li ne 348. Is there any word varying in quantityin these two lines — d iti ssimus agri

“richest in land H . 399,

3 A . G . 2 18, c. A s the Karthagi n ians were 110 1 an agricu ltura l,but a commercial people, some propose to read auri for agri .

Vergi l, however, is describing Sychaeus, as he wou ld describe a

Roman of his day whose chie f wealth consisted in land .

344 Et— amore‘and beloved wi th great affection by the hapless

for the case of m i sera e : H . 388, 1 A . G . 2 32 , a. : see

note, v. 32 6.

345— Intaetam a maiden cp. aerxrég.— P rimisgue omin ibus and

had u nited her in the first ri tes o f wedlock .

”— jungo : as Ceby w/ u isoften applied to wed lock cp. eunjunx ,

av g,

346— 0m inibus -the consu ltation o f the omens was regarded o f great inr

portance before the celebration of the marriage ri tes. Here om in ibu s

is put formarriage rites— Tyri local gen i tive .

347— Scelere : H . 424 ; A . G. 253.—ante a li as— omnes z maj or quam

a li i omnes

348 Quos —f uror in the midst between them a feud came.

NOTES .

349— Imp i us unnatural ,"because violating all natural claims, refer

ring to his d isregard for his sister or for the place, as well as to his

treachery.

350— Securos amorum regardless of his sister’s love ; H . 599, 3 A . 85

G. 2 18. D i sti ngu ish in meaning and derivation'

securis, séeuris.

352—M a 1u sz male, b’

y ena llage wickedly .

355— Sed i psa the idea is bu t’

twas in vai n that be deceived her, for,

&c.

”— ipsa“o f i ts own accord cp. avrég: abr6uaroc.

— i nhu

mati“unburied this may account for the unrest of the shade.

356— N udavi t a zeugma he revealed the cruel altars and shewed his

heart pierced with the sword .

”— domus scelus the crime done to

the fam i ly.

” What k ind o f gen itive

357— Celerare=ut eeleret : H . 535, 1V . ; A . G. 331 , g.—patri a : H .

4 14, N . ,1 ; A . G . 243, a .

358— A uxi li um viae in apposition to thesauros.

359— Ignotum pondus untold mass ; kept secret and apart from the

rest o f hi s wealth.

360— Fuganu—parabat D ido began to prepare for flight and to collect

compan ions.

” W ith soci os, parabat= eomparabat.

362—P elag0 abl . of space moved over A . G . 2 58, g.

365— D evenere locos, i .e, devenere ad loeos“they reached a spot.

-d e'

venire cp. Karayerv, to come from the high seas to land opposed

to conseendere, vs. 381 cp. avdyew.

367— Construe mercati que ( sunt tanta-m) soli — quantum , &c and

they bought (as m uch) land as they were able to shrround with an

ox hide.

”The Phoen ician name for a fort is B ursa (Hebrew

,

B asra ) . It i s probable that the con fusion of the Phoenician B ursa

w ith the Greek fibpoa a hide,”

gave rise to the story, accord ing to

which the Phoen icians cut up the hide into thongs and so su rrounded

a considerable portion of ground .—possent : v irtual oblique narra

tion imply ing the terms of agreement : H . 528, A . G . 34 1 , c .

369— Qu i , sci l. , estis.

370— Quaerentz'

vocem “at her question he sighing and drawing his

vo ice deep from his breast answered i n these words : with i lle,sci l . , respond it. W ith quaerenti , sci l. , i lli, i . e . ,

D ido.

37 l — S i— pergam i f go ing back , I were to tell thee the story in fu llfrom the very beginn ing.

” W i th repetens or pergam , sci l . , f amam.

Fo r subj unctive H. 509 ; A . G. 30 7 , b.

7 6 vuuc u fs A EN . B . 1 .

373 Varel , sci l . , tibi you had time.— anna les : p

roperly the an

net/es l ibri were year books recounting the events‘

of each year,and were kept by the chief o l’ficers at Rome : hence, the story of

events , generally .

374— Ante— Olympo ere ( I had fin i shed my tale) , the even ing star

wou ld lay the day to sleep, clos ing ( the gate o f ) heaven .

” —an le=

a ntefi nem mura l /“

n u t :“ beho ld the end o f my tale.

”— vesper : cp .

Eons/ mg, i . e . , Ham /mg : ro o t va s,“to dwe ll,

”as the abode o f the

sun cp. li ng aw l — Olymp us , a high mountain (now E l imbo ) in

Thessaly , the dwe lling place of the gods accordi ng to Homer,

afterwards o ften i n the poets used as a conventional term forheaven .

375— Troia jo in with veelos : H . 4 1 2 , A . 8: G . 258, a.—per aures ;

i . e . ,has been heard o f by you .

376— D irersa : e i ther ( 1 ) various,

or (2 )“ d istant,

”i . e. , far separated

from each other.

37 7 —F0rte sua by i ts own chance i . e. , by mere accident fore, onlyhere used as a substantive.

378— Sum— notus this vai nglori ous m ethod of announcing one’s self was

common among the ancients : cp. 0d . 9, 19 : elu’ '

Odvoei ) g Aaepn

édryg, 6g:

a do-L (567m m hel m, m i pev Khéog obpavbv inst,

raptos ea: hoste rescued from the m idst of the foe.

’

380— Quaer0 - su7nmo :“ I am seek ing Italy and my race (descended )

from Jove on high. Wi th genus. sci l ., ortum. Dardanus, the

founder o f the T rojan line, son o f Jupiter and E lectra, original lycame from Italy . A eneas seeks Italy to te-establish his line in its

ancient seat.

381 B i s dent'

s the distribu tive,rather than the cardinal , is u sed because

ten are reckoned each time H . 1 74, 2 A . G . 95, c.— eonscendi

I climbed”: the sea seems to rise as it recedes from the shore

or simply, I embarked cp . note on vs. 365 cp. Mowis (L ife

and D eath o f Jason ) : “A nd swi ftly Argo cl imbed each changing

hi ll, And ran through rippling valleys of the sea cp. (i vayew,

382— M onstranle i . e . ,by a star Aeneas was led to Italy, Aen. : 2 , 80 1 .

383— Ipse, Opposed to the ships— ignotus unknown to the inhabi

tants, far from friends, as he was Well known by report vs. 379.

384— The reference to the three con tinents gi ves dign ity to the story.

385— Plura querentem beginn ing to compla in further : conative partH. 46 7 , 6 A . G . 2 76, b.

387— I-l au deu rp i s : not an object o f hatred

,l wean, to the power above

you breathe the v ita l ai r inasmuch as you have come to the Tyrian

NOTE& 7 7

ci ty .

— Jo in baud with invisus . The mean ing is, i t is by heaven’

s

wi ll that you have reached here.

383—011 5adveneris seeing that you have come : H . 51 7 ; A . G .

32 0, e .— urbem i . e. ,

ad urbem.

389— Perge modo only go on . Conjugate pergo. D istingu ish in

meaning modo, modé .

390—N amque mmtio :“ for I announce to thee the return o f thy com

rades and the recovery o f thy fleet.” Make reduces predicative with

ease understood . D istingu ish in mean ing rédzi ces, ré’

ddces.

391 —Elt— actam and borne into a safe (place) by the shi fting winds.

392 — N i = ni si . —frustra in vain , disappo inted hope of the subj ectnequ idquam

“to no purpose,

”refers to the nu lli ty in which

the thing has ended — a ngariam (avis, a bi rd,root GAR—

“to

chatter hence yflpi’

zew, gm

'ire) properly an omen from the notes o f

birds, bu t often used for an omen from any source au sp ici am (avis,a bird and spec

— to see ) omens from the flight, orfrom an inspection

of the entrai ls o f birds — vani :“ deceivers, i . e. impostors ,

395 Venus here gives tidings of the m i ssing ships from the omen of the

swans, her favori te birds. There are twelve swans as there were

twelve m issing ships. Some of those swans already settle on theland (terras capere), others are on the po int o f settling on the land

already occupied (coptos despectare) : so the ships ei thernow occupythe haven (portum tenet) or are entering i t (subit) with full sai l .la etantes agmine in jubi lant order l iterally

,

” joyfu l in line .

”

394—Aetheriar—caelo which the bird of Jove ,swooping from the height

of heaven, scattered in a clear sky. H. 42 7 , IL ; A . G.

243, c. Di stingu ish in mean ingp ldga , ph’

aya .—Jov£3 a les= aqu ila .

—aperto caelo : abl . place : Cp . dl’épr

’

z/zov alfiépog.

396— Aut— videntur they seem in a long array either to be choosingthe ground, or to be gazing downwards on the ground already(jam) chosen by them .

397 Ut— dedere even as these returning sport with whirring pin ionsand gird the skywi th the ir circling flock , and give fo rth their song.

’

The swans were first scattered by the bird of Jove (as the ships have

been by the storm) ; they have now united , and with whizzing wings

and song they descend to earth. It appears that these words shou ldnatural ly come after caelo.

— a li3 : d istingu ish d id,a wing ; penna ,

the larger and harder feathers o f the wing p lan et , the smal ler and

so fter feathers o f the body.— ci nxere —dedere the perfects express

completed action — cantus the absence of fear, perfect securi ty, is

described.

399— 7'uorwm for tua ,

for the sake of variety.

7 8 vnnorL’

s AEN. B . 1.

400— Subit ostia are m ak ing an entrance H . A . 8L G . 2 28, a.

Note the verb agrees with the nearest nom inative.

401— P erge modo only go on .

402— A vertens as she turned away : H . A . G. 292 .— frosea.

—refu lsi t :“she flashed forth wi th the beauty of her rosy neck,”

i . e.

,her rosy neck shone forth to view.

403— Ambrosiae— comae : cp. épfipoo iac xatm z,Horn : I1. , im

mortal locks.

”In Homer ambrosi a is common ly applied to the

food o f the gods, bu t i t i s also u sed for o intment and perfume.

404 Vestis in vs . 320 she was dressed as a huntress. She now appears

in the flowing robes characteristic of a goddess.

405— Et—d ea. and by hergait she revealed the true goddess.- i 'nces

8118 and i ncedo aru f-ftca applied to the dignified gait of the gods :

cp. vs. 46. Sean this line.

406— Adgnovi t : d istingu ish in mean ing adgnosco, cognosco, ignosco.

407— Toties : exaggeration , as Venus had appeared only once to A eneas

before : B . 2 , 589.— tu quoque : i . e . , you as well as Juno.

— f a l8i8imagini bus by empty phantoms,

”i . e . , by assumingdisguises.

409— A udire— voces to hear and reply in real words,i .e ., words wi th

ou t disgu ise.

410— 7’a libas

,sci l . , verbis or vocibus in such words H . A .

G. 189, b.— incu sat (in, causa ),

“ he chides her.

4l l — A ere : aer (cp. arm) , the m isty air near the earth,“a cloud, dis

tingu ished from ( tether (cp. a ififip), the bright air above the clouds.

412— Cz’

rcum— fud it : circumfudit by tmesis : for const. H . A .

G. 2 2 5 d . What other construction may be used

413— M olirive moram or to plan a delay.

415— P aphum : P aphos, in Cyprus, was a noted seat of the worship ofVenus. sublimi s aloft in air.

’

416— Temp lum (est) i lli — centumque ha lant and (where) a hundredaltars smoke with S abaean frank incense and breathe with thefragrance of garlands ever fresh. Cp. Paradi se Lost, IV. , 162

Sabaean odors from the spicy shore o f Arabic the blest.”

InHom . O d .

,we learn that

“ laughter- loving Aphrodite

”had

one a ltar in Paphos.

418 — Corripuere viam they hastened on their way. Here via andsemita are not distingu ished general ly via i s a highway ;

”semita

(se, aside,”and meare,

“to go

“a by

-

path.

”

‘NOTES .

419— Qu i— imm inet which hangs wi th i ts m ighty mass over the cityH . A . St . G. 2 00 ,

d .

420— Adversasquefl arces and looks down from above on the opposingtowers .

”This may mean that the towers rise up to meet the moun

tain which gazes down upon them, or that they are over a valleyand so adversas.

42 1— Molem : to Aeneas, the city i s a heap, a mass, o f bu i ldings, for he

gazes from a distance .—maga lia quondam once a cluster of

huts .

” —m aga li a is said to be a Phoen ician word applied to huts.

”

In some places i t means“the suburbs

”of Karthage .

422— Stre'

pi tumque and the hum of the thronged streets — strata

via rum. the paved streets cp . opaca viarum H . 397 , N 4

.A ‘ G. 2 1 6, b.

423— Instant—muros“the eager Tyrians are

’

at work some to trace

the walls :” H . 533, I A . G. 2 7 1 : instant, scil . , operz

'

.

pars in app. to’

1’

yri i .—ducere muros : cp.

. shavvew rolxov.

424—~ M oliri to bu i ld, wi th the idea of the magnitude (moles ) of thestructure.

425— Pars optare some choose a site for their dwel lings and mark i tout wi th a furrow.

”The plough does not seem to have been used

for single dwell ings. The poet in tectum means the portion of the

city se lected for habitation, in opposi tion to that chosen form i l i tarypurposes.

426— Jurd — senntum they appoint laws and choose magistrates and a

reverend senate. Vergi l is here think ing of the custom prevalent

among the Romans in the establishment of co lon ies. There is a

zeugma in legunt : i . e . , the construction 15 jura constituunt magis

tratusqve legunt .

427 Theatris others read theatro . There is an anachronism here. N o

theatre was bu i lt even at A thens ti ll 500 B .C. , and no permanenttheatre was raised at Rome ti ll B .C . 58 ; no one of stone ti ll 55B .C .

429— Rupibus excidunt : quarry from the rock H . 4 1 4, N 1 A . 8:G. 2 58, a.

— Distingu ish in meaning : dea-6rd,dé

’

cora, decent .

430—Quahfis— labor the ful l construction i s ( ta lis est) labor (eorum )qua lis emercet apes nova aestate sub sole per florea rum (such)to i l ( is theirs) as engages the bees in early summer

’neath the sun

shine throughout the flowery fields.

”The hive

,awakened from i ts

torpor by the warm sunshine of spring, displays unusual activi ty.

B l — Cwnv—fetus when they lead out the full-grown young of theirrace.

”- D istinguish in meaning édfico, édti co.

80 VERG IL’S AEN . B . 1.

432— D istingu ish in derivation l i quentia ,l i quenl ia .

433— Stipant : pack : cp. areifiw.

434— Venicntum : venientium : H . 1 58, 2 , A . G . 87 , d — Agm iw

facto“in martial array .

”— igna vum ( i n, gna vus—gnarus , con

nected with nosco) , i . e . ,lazy .

”—p raesep iéus : gi u

the d i fferent nom inatives o f this word .

436 — Fervet opus hotly goes on the work : wi th ferveo : cf. flap /ro

Ger. dorren Eng. dry.

438— Susp icit looks up to he has now reached the bottom of the

hi ll .

439— D ictu : H . 547 A . G . 303.

440 Viri s : H . 385, 3 ; A . G . 248, a, R .— 7zeque

— ulli

vi sible to anyone H . 388, 3 A . G . 2 32 , b.

44 1— Laetissimus umbrae most luxuriant in foliage : H . 399, 1 1 1 A .

G . 2 18, c.

442— Quo— loco : inverted attraction : II . 445. 8 ; A . G . 2 00, b ,

p rimum si gnum“the first sign,

i . e . , of rest from their to i ls.

444— Acri s spirited , a token of thei r bold and active d isposition .

nam sic,sci l . , monstrara t for thus had she po inted ou t.

”

445— Faci lem victu : may mean ei ther ( 1 ) rich in provision , or ( 2 )“easy o f ma intenance.

”For the supine : H . 547 , A . G. 303.

The horse points to warlike prowess and wealth, probably because

the cavalry were su ppl ied by the nobi l i ty, an d formed an important

part of the Karthagi n ian army. The horse was an emblem of

A thens also .

445 S idonia = Phoen issa z S idon was the parent city o f Tyre and, for

many years, the chief ci ty o f Phoen icia.

447— D onis— divae a zeugma ,rich wi th gi fts and favored by the presence

o f the goddess.

”The two notions are

,however

, closely connected .

448— Aerea— limina of which the brazen threshold crowned the steps

l i t. : rose on steps H . 425, N . 3 ; A . G . 2 68, f.— nexaeque

— trabes, sc i l . . grad ibvs surgeba nt and i ts door posts plated wi th

brass (crowned the Trabes are the door posts— new

aere= aera ta e, plated wi th brass. O thers read n ixae ( from n itor)and take trabes to mean the roo f or the archi trave and translate“ i ts roo f was supported on brazen pi llars,

”or

“ i ts archi trave wassupported on jambs o f brass.

”

449 In reading this line, note the frequency o f r and 8 to express the

sound'

o f the creaking doors .-foribus—a en is “

the hinge creaked

82 vnac tn’s AEN. B . 1 .

467— Hac, sci l . , parte in this quarter.

468— Curru i nstaret pursued them withhis car curru abl. ofmeans

with cristatu s : cf. Homeric Kopvdat’

ol og, la nd/copay.

469— N iven: vel is with canvas whi te as snow an anachronism, as

the Homeric tents (M aniac) were planks thatched with grass. The

story of Rhesus is told by Homer ( 11. Rhesus came from

Thrace, as an al lay of Priam ,wi th the oracu lar prom ise that should

his steeds drinko f the waters of the Xanthus, Troy wou ld be ini

pregnable . Rhesus pitched his tent near the shore, was slain byD iomede and U lysses, his horses were captured, and thus the fate of

Troy was foreshadowed .

470 Primo somno ei ther abl . ( 1 ) o f time in their first sleep,”i. e. in

theirdeepest sleep, or (2 ) of instrument after prodita :“betrayed

to him by their first sleep.

”

472— Ardentesque— equos and he turned aside his fiery steeds. O ne

M S . reads a lbentes, a reading sanctioned by Horn . 11. in

in which the steeds of Rhesus are said to be : l eveérepoc xiovog,Osiew 6

’

t’

zvépoww 671020“ so Virgi l— ca8tra

, sci l. , Graeca.

473— G’ustassent—bibissent : the subjunctive in virtual oblique narration ,and indicating the purpose of D iomede : H. 520 , A . G. 32 7 .

474— Troilus : the death of Troi lus is mentioned (11. as occurri ngbefore the time o f the action of the Iliad. Vergi l may have derived

the story from other sources.

475— Achil li : decline this word.

476— Curruque— inam and lying on his back clung to the empty car.

”

curru may be either abl. or dat. = curru i : H. 4 ; A . G .

2 2 7 , e.

477— Hu ic— terram both his neck and locks are trai led along the

ground.

”-hu ic : H . N . , 2 ; A . G . 2 35, a.

478— Hasta the spear of Troi lus.

479— Non aequae= i niquae unjust, i .e. unpropitious.- Pal ladie from

( 1 ) mi l itary, to brand i sh, i . e. the “ brandisher”of the spear ; or (2 )

«62105, a maiden .

”

480— C'rinibus passis with dishevelled locks .

—passi s : from panda

pep lum ( 7ré1rl og) , the sacred shawl embro idered wi th figures repre

senting mythological subjects was carried as an offeri ng to A thene

(M inerva) by the A thenian matrons i n the public procession at the

Panathenaea . Homer also represents a. similar custom prevai ling inTroy (11.

NOTES .

481— S uppl iciter in suppl iant gu ise.— tttnsae pectora beating

the ir breasts : H . 378 ; A . G . N . ; for the tense : H . 550 ,N .,

1 ; A . G . 290 ,b. B eating the breas ts and tearing the hai r

were signs of grief.

482—Aversa averting her face

483— Raptaverat : Homer says that Hector was thrice chased round the

walls and dragged to the tomb of Patroclus. Vergi l here follows

probably some Cycl ic poet or Traged ian .

485~ Eza n imum :“ l i feless. What adjectives are heterocl itic ? Some

take exan imum= i ta exan imatum “thus made li fe less,

”as Vergi l

seems to have represented Hector as being dragged whi le sti l l alive

at the car o f A chil les : cp. A en . Soph. A jax 1 030 : Cic.

T usc.

485 e ~ 1ngentem z emphatic then tru ly deep was the groan he utters

from the depths of hl S breast.”— dat historical present.

486— Currus i e . of Achi lles. It may, however, mean the car of Hector,

or of Priam .

487— Inermes unarmed ,i .e. suppl iant.

488— Pri ncipibus : abl. : H . 4 1 9, A . G. 248, a, R .

489— a s acies : the Indian Aethiopians. The legends o f Memnon ando f the Amazons appear in post

-Homeric poems,in fl at; y

'

arpa,Aidzorrig, and other Cycl ic poems .

490—Lunatis peltis armed wi th moon - shaped shields : abl. character

istic : H . 4 19, IL ; A . G . 2 51 .

491— Mednsque— ardet : “

and with courage she glows in the m ids t of

thousands.

”

492— Au rea—4 mammae :“ having a golden girdle buckled on

’neath her

exposed breast for case o fmammae : H . 386 A . G. 2 28.

493— Bellatrix— virgo note contrasted position a female warrior and

she dares to fight with men, a maid though she be cp. Homer’

s'A/u iCovag c

'

wrtaveipag.

494 ~ Haec videntur whi le these wondrous sights were seen by the

T rojan A eneas A eneae Greek dat.=abA enea or whi le these

things seemed wondrous to the Trojan A eneas.

”

495 —Obtutuque— uno and rema ined fixed in one ( long) gaze for con

struction o f dam : H . 519, A . G . 2 76, e.

496 — Forma : abl . o f respect : H . 424,IV. 1 A . G. 2 53.

84 VEBG IL’S AEN . B . 1 .

497— 1nrmwit : expresses the d ign ity o f her walk : cp. vs. 46 .— magna

ca trrva“a great crowd o f you ths thronging abou t her :

”cp.

stipator, an attendant.”

498— Qua li s— c/i oros : a condensed construction for ( ta lix era t D ido)qu a l is (est) D iana (quum ) exercet choros in Eurotae ripi s avt per

juga C‘

yntlt i— l ) i c27:a here ; elsewhere D i ana — extract choros

“ leads the dance.

”

499- Quam governed by secutae.

500~—0reades : from Oreas, a mountain (bpog, a mountain nymph.

— i lla— I:wnero cf. ioxéatpa , as an Homeric epithet o f D iana.

501— Grad iensq-ue— omnes and as she steps along she o

’

ertops all the

(other) goddesses for acc. deas H . 37 2 A . G . 2 37 , a .

502— P ertemptant : pervade. Latona takes delight in the glory of her

daughter, D iana .

503— Ferebat joyously she advanced.

504— [ u sta ns— futuris intent on her work and on the (glory o f her)realms yet to be : for dat. : H . 386 ; A . St G. 2 28.

505— Foribus— testud ine : local ablatives . Temples, at leas t among the

Greeks,had general ly three d i stinct parts ( 1 ) the outer Co urt

(vestibu lum,a pévaog) ; (2 ) the i nner court (cell/t, vaog) ; (3) the

treasury (thesaurus, flryoavpég) . By foribu s is meant the doorway o f

the cella, or i nner court, which here was a vau lted roof (testudo)resembling a tortoise shell.

506— Armisz ab armati s viris .—solioque

— resedit and supported from

beneath by a lo fty throne, she took her seat.”— solium (rt. SED , to

si t) , a high chair o f state.— a lte : a lto, l imi ting solio, rather than

resed it.

507— J ura— legesque : cf. vo‘

uovg rtfiévat : jura dare was said of a

judge ; (eyes dare was sa id o f a lawgiver. D istingu ish jus, whatis j ust and right in i tse lf or what from any cause is binding (jungo )u pon us and - lest, the wri tten (lego) statu te or order.

508 Operumque— tra iteba t she adjusted into equal shares the toi l o f

the wo rk or d i vided it by lot.

”—parti bu s : abl . of instrument or

manner.

—sorte tra lzeba t e ither fo r sortem u'

n ius cujusque trahebat,or nomina un ivs cujusque sorte trahebat.

500 Concursa— magno either ( 1 ) abl . of accompanimentz cum concursa

magno,or ( 2 ) abl . of place z i n concursa magno .

510. -_ Add §gon in S pectator, 2 73, po ints o u t the fact that Vergil i s defec

tive in characterization. Gyas, M nestbt us, Sergastus, and C loan

NO’

I‘ES .

thus are all of them men o f the same stamp and character : f ortemque Gyan , fortemque Cloanthum .

512— P enitas far away .— avea:erat : o ther readi ngs are advexera l ,

averterat. For ace. oras : H . 37 2 ; A . ( it G . 2 37 , d.

513— P ercu lsus was struck dumb . O thers read percussus.

514— 11vid i— ardebant: avide— ardebant they eagerly long, by ena l

lage.

516— D issimula nt, scil . , laeti ti am metumque they repress their joy and

fear some supply seadesse “ hide their presence .

”D istingu ish

d issimu lo, to conceal an emotion which does ex ist ; simulo, to

exhibit an emo tion which does not exist.

— et— amicti “and

shrouded in a hollow cloud they see from a d i s tance.

”— ami cti lit

wrapped around (amb— jacio) .

517— Quae— viris , sci l ., sit : dependent question : H . 529 ; A . G. 334.

518—N avi bus=ex navibus.

519— 0rantes ven iam “to pray for the grace (of the queen ) : the pres.

part here-

: oraturi : expressing a purpose : H . A . G.

2 92 .

520 - Coram— fandi“of speak ing openly to you, with the queen.

521— Maacimus, sci l. , aetate et dign itate. The calmness of the agedIlioneus well befits his age.

522— Novam— urbem : the word Karthago means new town, probablybeing contrasted wi th the parent ci ty of Tyre.

523— Justi tiaque— superbas and wi th the restraint of justice to curb

the haughty tribes.

”

j ustitia ,from rt. Y UG z JUG

“that which

bi nds states or commun ities together or that which restrains cp.

jungo, jus, rell igio.—gentes : the A frican peoples.

524 Ventis— vecti : “ by the winds borne over all the seas. — maria : ace.

of the space moved over : H . 37 1 , II. ; A . G? 257 .

525— Infandos=&pp77f og un speakable, i .e. ,horrible.

526— Pr2p ius : ei ther ( 1 )“ more closely, or (2 ) more propitiously

praesentius .

527— P opu lare=ad pop uland tim a Graecism . The infi n. often expresses

a purpose in Greek so also in case of vertere.

529— An imo : either ( 1 ) dat.

,after est om itted, or ( 2 ) local abl. : in

a n imo.

86 vu i ic i L’s AEN. B . I .

330— Hespm'iam cp .

Fearrcpt'

a . The term Hesperz'

a , mean ing the

western land , was appl ied to Italy by the Greeks, and to Spa in

by the l tal ians . Spa in was cal led also u ltimo. Hesperia .

'

Emrepoc,i . e . m pug : from root WAS or VAS,

“to dwell vesper, f aaf u

Eng. west probably the abode of the sun at n ight.

Oenotri : probably Genot’ria , the poetic name for Italia, meant vine

land (oivog). Vergi l makes Italus k ing of the O enotri, whi le Thucydides makes him k ing o f the S icul i . The Latin Varro (R. R .

derives Ita lia, from Zra7tog‘

,vitulus, an ox as be ing rich in oxen .

The probabi lities are that Ita li , Vi tuli and S icu li are varieties ofthe same word .

534 H ic— j u it this to this land ) was our course. The

simpler reading hue is given by some ed i tors. This is the first of

the fi fty- eight l ines left u nfinished by V irgi l . According to accounts

Augu stus gave instructions to Varius and l‘

ucca,the l iterary testators

of the'

poet, to publish the Aeneid wi th the l ines unfin ished.

535 Cum— Orion when suddenly arising o’

er the bil lows the stormyO rion .

—_fluctu may be either a dat. or an abl .— Orion in Latin

’

Qp2wv i n Greek . O rion rises about midsummer and sets early inNovember.

536 w Tu lit, sci l . , nos — pen itwsque— d ispulit :“and afar by wanton win ls

and whelming brine o’

er waves and trackless reefs scattered us.

’

The sibi lants well express the whizzing o f the wind .

537— Supera nte salo either ( I )“the briny deep overpowering us

, or ( 2 )the briny deep roaring high.

”

538— Huc— oris only a scanty remnant o f u s have dri fted hi ther to yourshores — pauci has a negative mean ing

— Gris H . A . G .

2 25, b.

539— B arba fra hospi tali ty was regarded as a sacred du ty among the

ancients, and rudeness to strangers was a mark of barbarity pun ishable by the vengeance of heaven .

540— Hosp itio— arenae we are debarred the shelter even of the

strand ,”i .e . we are not allowed even to land, a right which is given

to shipwrecked men.

54l— P 'rima ter m. on the brink of the shore : local abl . H . 425 II. ;A . G . 2 54.

543— A t nef andi yet expect that gods are mindful of right and wrong,

Fund i — nef amdi are used as gen itives of the indecl inable fas— nef as.

Sperate exspectate in prose.

544— Era t z I lio neus supposed Aeneas dead .

—quo

— a lter :“ in justice

second to none.

”

NOTES.

545— P ietate— bello- armis ablatives ofrespect H . 424 ; A . 81. G .2 53.

546—Si- aetheria i .e. i f he is sti ll alive. What verbs govern the abl .?

547— Occubat :“ lies low.

— umbm°

8 : local abl. : H . 425, I ; A. 81;

G. 2 54.

548—N on metus, sci l . , est nobis.— ofiicio— paeni teat nor are you

l ikely to regret that you were the fi rst to vie in an act of k indness.

”

paeni teat has nearly the ferce of a future.

55l— Quassatam— classem : sci l . , nobis may we be al lowed to land our

fleet shattered by the winds.

” Wi th subducere naves cp. évél xew

rdgvaiig, opposed to deducere naves : xafi él xew ragm ay.

552— Et remos and to shape forest trees into beams and strip them

for oars.

”— si lvis : local abl.— stringere : to strip them of leavesand twigs.

553— Itatiam— tendere, i .e. ad Italiam—iter tendere : to pursue our

way to Italy .”

554 Ut, depends on liceat (nobis) deducere classem.

555— Sin : opposed to at, vs. 553,“ but i i .

”for the form of

geni tive plural : H . A . G. 40, e.

556— Jam any longer.

557 ~ Freta z d istingu ish in meaning : fre'

ta, fréta . elsewhere,S icdni ae.

— sedesque paratas“and abodes already bui lt,” i .e.

the cities bu i lt by Acestes who was in S icily as opposed to those

they expected to bu ild for themselves.

559— Tal ibus, scil . , verbis d ixi t. -ore fremebant : murmured thei r

applause z”

cp

. érrevgtfi/maav : literally “ murmured‘

applause with

(one) mouth.

561 Vultum acc. of specification H . 378 A . 8: G. 240, c.

562— Solaita cords metum=solpite corda metu : free your hearts fromfear.

”— secludite dism iss.”

563— Regni novi tas=regnum novum my youthful realm.— ta lia

molirz “to take such a course, i . e. to prevent the Trojans from

land ing.

565— Aeneadum : H . A . G. 36, d : a complimentary reference to

their chi ef.

566 Virtutea theirmanly deeds.

567— Obtun8a dulled, by theirown calami ties.

88 VERG IL’S AEN . n. 1 .

568— N on tam— urbe : the mean ings seems to be that we are not so far

removed from the po le o f civi lization as to be ignorant o f the manlydeeds o f the heroes in the Trojan war.

569— Saturn ia arva

’

: Italy was o ften called Saturnia , sci l. , terra ,

“the

land o f Saturnus,”the sower ( from satus, sero) .

STU— Erycis fines“the realm of Eryx. Eryn: a mountain (now, St.

Gu i /i ano ) of western bici ly, noted for a temple of Venus. H ere

dwelt Acestes.

5 . l — Aux ili o tatos, sci l . , viros (men) guarded by an escort.”

Voftis— regnis Some remove the interrogation mark, and place a

comma . The sense wou ld then requ ire si before vattis.

573 Urbem est inverted attraction= urbs, {mam statuo, vestm est H .

A . G . 2 00,b.

— subducite :“ draw up on shore ; cp.

évdysw va iig opposed to deducere naves, to launch ships : cp .

’

Ka i9él ttew ud i c.

574— Agetur : e ither shall be governed,”

or ( 2 )“shall

be regarded= ducetur,

”or (3) shall be dealt with.

”

575 Uti i iam— afioret what is the force in the tense here ? H . 483, I . ;

A . G . 2 67 .

576— Equz'

dem“tru ly. certos, sci l. , viros tried men, or tru sty

men,”or= cretos, picked men.

”

577— L ustrare to scour see note vs. 283.

578— S i - errat“to see whether he wanders about H . 529, II. , 1 A .

G . 534 ,f. The subj wou ld be the more common construction

in prose : H . 529, 1 1. 1 A . G . 334, b.

579— An imam arrecti roused in spirits H . 378 A . G. 240, c.

Jamdudum— ardebant : H . A . G . 2 77, b.

582— Sententi’

a. purpose.

584 Unus : i . e .,O rontes, vs. 1 13.

586— Circumfusa. encircl ing.

587 —ap ertum parts and melts into the open sky. W ithp ztrgat, sci l 36 from the scind it se.

588— Resti ttt stood forth.

’

589 -

'

umerosque : acc. specification H . 378 : A . G . 240, c.— nam

que— honores : “ for his mother herself had given her son graceful

90 VERG IL S AEN B . 1 .

612— Post=postea .— a lios, scil ., dextra pcti t he grasps the right

hand o f others.

”

6 13— Primo : adverbial .

614 Casu - tanto at so great misfortune d istingu ish casus, a natural

agent not the consequence of human calcu lation or known c auses

furs, a k ind o f mythological being sporting with and thwartinghuman affairs.

6 15— 17 68 : not power, but vi olence cp . flia .— immanibus -oris

savage shores z’ H . 385.4 . 1 ; A . G . 2 2 5, b

6 17— Vergi l here refers to the W i ld A fri can tribes. Scan this line. Note

that when final the vowel o is often left uneli ded (hia tus ), it is inthe case of proper names : cp. vs. 16 : so also Aen . 1 11. 14 ; 1 1 1.

667 , et saepe. What kind of a l ine 13 this ? H . 608, A . G.

359, e.— i tle=Greek éxs lvog, “

that celebrated cp. vs. 379, 565.

(SIS— Alma fostering.

619— S t’

dona : H . 380 , IL ; A . G . 2 58, b. Teucer, after the Trojanwar

,was expelled from Salamis by his father Telamon, and sought

a home at Cyprus, where he bu il t a second Salam is ,He is here

represented as stopping at S idon to make terms wi th B elus, who

was at that time master of Cyprus — ven ire : H . 537 , L ; A . G .

288, b. Here ven ire i s used for venisse.

623—dicione underhis sway i .e . sub d icione or in dicione.

623— Jam even .—casus : “ downfall .

624— P elasgi : the Greek, according to Gladstone, the P elasgi were a

pre-Hellenic race, and formed the base o f the Greek army in the

Trojan war.

625— Ipse hostis be, though an enemy. —f erebat : “used to exto l .

”

626— 86 volebat : wou ld have it that he was spring . disti nguish volebat

and vellet i n meaning.

6327— t 1153 : H . A . G . 2 2 5, b.

628— P er ma ltos labores join wi th jactatam.— simi lis : sci l. , tuae fortzmae.

029 —Demum at length,”not ti ll now : denique , Opposed to primum,

“ finally, ” “in short tandem :

“at last,

”after many efforts or

d isappo intments postremo“ last,

”in order o f time.

632 —D i ram— honorem she proclaims in the temples o f the gods a

sacrifice .

” — i n<1icit, a technical wo rd for ordering a rel igious observ

ance Caes. B . G. supp li cati o ind icitur.

NOTES .

633— Necminus interea o ften used in transitions nee minus, adds little

to the force o f interea . soci is=ad socios a Greek dative.

634— Magnorum—suum=magnos horrentibus centum teryia sues : bysynecdoche.

635- Munera— dei“the gifts and cheer of the god, i .e . Bacchus.

637—A t see note vs. 1 16.

638— Sp lendida , proleptically used= (sic) i nstru itur (ut) sp lend ita. (s it) .The atrium in a Roman house occupi ed the centre and was gener

ally used for a dining-room. The use of the present tense gives

animation to the description .

639— Arte— superbo sk i lful ly wrought were the coverlets and of bright

purple— ostro properly the blood o f the sea snai l, which suppl ied

the ancients wi th the ir rich, purple dyes.

640— C'aelata :“embossed : i . e. on the goblets, vases, &c., were carved

the deeds of their fathers.

641— Series— gentis a very long, unbroken chain of feats continued byso many heroes from the early origin o f the race a re ference to

the deeds of the Tyrians . Vergi l had here in view the Roman

customs prevalent i n his own time.

643— N eque enim— mentem :“ for neither did his love as a father su ffer

his m ind to rest.

644—Irapi dum in haste,” join with praemi ttit, although grammatically

connected wi th Achatem.

645— Ferat=referat : subjunctive of oblique narration : corresponding to

f er in d irect narrative.

646— Stat centres.

648— Ferrejubet, scil . , Achatem .—p allam, properly a long, seamless gar

ment worn by women over the tunica, corresponding to ourgown or

dress.— ~sign is

— r igentem= signis aureis rigentem : staff with figures

of gold a hend iadys.

649— C'ircumteaztum— aca ntho and a vei l fringed with a border o f yel

low acanthus.

”— velamen : vei ls were cons idered a very importantportion o f a Roman lady’s dress, and were o f costly material and

exqu isite workmanship.— Acantho abl . o fdescription the acathus

(rt. AK,

“sharp a thorny shrub, now called bear

’s foot.

650— Myccni s : abl . : H A . G , 2 58, a . Helen is mentioned

in as com ing from Mycenae, whereas she really came from

92 VERG IL'

S ARN. n . 1 .

Sparta, the royal city o f Menelaus. Ve rgi l con founds the city of

Agamemnon wi th that o f Menelaus.

651 P ergama the ci tadel o f Troy is called Pergamus (a épya/zog and

P ergama, (a épya/za rd), connected etymo logically with m ipyég, a

tower : German burg, a town ; berg, a hi l l Eng. burg, bury as

Ed in-burg ; Edmunds-bury.

— l nconcessos Hg/menaeos : unlawfu lwedlock scan this line : H . 608, v. ; A . G . 359, f.

653— Sceptrum : i . e. j ubet Ad m/em ut ferat sceptrum. Ilione was mar

ried to Polymnestor, the treacherous k ing o f Thrace.

654 Maxima , scil . , na tu : give the other degrees of comparison.— Co/lo

mon i le :“necklace for the dative : H . 384, II . , A . G .

235.

655— D up licem— coronam : probably a crown formed by a circlet of tworings, one o f gems and one of gold . O thers say of one ring, and

translate, a crown of blended gems and go ld .

”

656—Haec celerans -: ut haec celeriter exsequatm to execute promptly

these orders : H . A . G . 2 90 . a.

657— A t : see vs. 1 16 .— faci em— ora. : H . 378 ; A . 8: G . 240, c. acies

(from f acio, the natural make of the face,i . e .

, the countenance as

expressing emotion by the mouth or by the eyes.

659— D0n isque— ignem and bygi fts influence the queen to frenzy, and

insinuate love’

s fire into her heart.”— fuwentem : proleptic use of

the adjective : vs. 70 .

660— Ossi bu8 : H . 386 ; A . G. 2 28.— ossi bus, often used for the seat of

feel ing.

661— Qu ippe : see note, vs. 39.— ambiguam domam “

the’

treacherous

house : l iterally, “

go ing round about”(amb. ,

ago) . — bi linguesdouble tongued, say ing one thing and think ing another, referring

to the proverbial treachery o f the Karthaginians.

662— U1‘it, sci l . , eam cum :“ harasses herwi th anxiety.” —sub noctem

“at the approach of night cp. int?) vbfcra .

— recu7‘8at :

“oft

returns.

”

664— Meae— solus : i .e . (qu i es ) solus meae vires, mea magna potentia

H . A . G. 241 , a.

665— P a tris— temn is who dost despise the sovereign father’s bolts that

struck Typhoeus. The giant Typhoeus was slain by the lightn ingof juppiter. The poet here represents the undying power of love.

666 -Nu/mifla :“ divine aid.

NOTES.

667 ~ F 1°

ater z Cupid an' ! Aeneas were sons ofVenu s . Utz quo modo

“ i n what way i ntroducing an ind i rect question.~ nota=n0tum

est by a Graecism.

668— Scan this line : H . 608, V . ; A . G . 359, f.

670— Tenet, sci l . , eum : detains him

67 1 Versor— hospitia : I am anx ious how Juno’s welcome may enddependent question H . 529 A . G. 334.

672— Haud—rerum, scil . , Juno, from Junon ia Juno shall not be .

inacti ve at such a crisis,”literally “

at such a turn ing po int o faffairs H . 42 9 ; A . G . 2 59, a.

673— Quocirca — meditor wherefore I purpose to anticipate her by craftand to surround herwith (such a) flame (o f The Romans

borrowed many of theirmetaphors from m i litary aff airs

G74 N e— mutet that slie may not be changed by any influence, i . eany power bu t m ine, or by the influence (o f Juno ) in any way.

”

se m utet : mutetur : see note, vs. 158.

676 Qua , scil . , ratione.— accipe :

“ hear : cp. da ,“tell .

”

67 7— Accitu at the summons : H . 4 1 6 ; A . G . 253.

679— Pelago— restantia remaining from : H . 4 14, xv. 1 ; A .

G.

343, a.

680— Sop itum— somno slumbering sound in sleep : such pleonasms

are common . Note the alliteration. D ecline Cythera .

CSI— Sacrata— sede in a consecrated spot ei ther grove or temple.

682—M erl iusve occurrere or to interpose to prevent i t.” Here medias

obvi am.

683— Tu— dolo z“ do you counterfe it his looks for one night, no more

for case o f noctem : H . 379 A . G . 2 56 .

— amp lius : H . 4 1 7 , IV.

2 ; A . G . 2 47 , c.

685— Laetiss ima at the he ight of herjoy.

686— L a ticemque Lyaeum the cups o f Bacchus .— latea:

, poetic word .

—Lyaeum : cp. Ava iog : cp. L ibe'r “the one who frees (7tv men

from cares.

688— Fa liasque veneno, scil . , eam and may begu i le her wi th ( love’

s)porson .

(BBQ— D istingu ish in meaningparet, pdret.

94 vnnc tL’

s A EN. n . 1.

690~ Erui t “ he do ffs .— l ul i and gla l fy l.e walks with the step

of Iu lus for i ncessu : see note on i ncedo : vs . 46.

69 l— At : cp. vs. 1 16 .-A scan io— i nrigat sheds l ike dew calm sleep

o’

er the l imbs o f A scan ius.

”— Ascanio : dative of reference : H .

A . G. 235, a . Im 'igat may refer to the dews of night, or

more probably to perspiration : cp. Shaks. J . C. 1“enjoy

the honey-heavy dew of slumber.

692— Fotum— gremio her fondling in her lap.

693 Ubi — umbra. where the soft majoram,breathing forth fragrance

with its blossoms and sweet shade envelopes him .

” With udspira/ ns,sci l. , odorem.

696 -D uce —A chute : glad in having Achates as a gu ide H . 431 A .

G. 2 55, a.

697— Cum— locavi t :“ by the time he arrives, the queen had already be

neath the rich curtains taken her place on a golden couch, and had

stationed herself in the cen tre.

”— The historic present tense for cum

venerut.— If venerat were read, then we shou ld have had com

posuerat.— au laeis may m ean ( 1 ) in a curtain,

”or (2 ) neath a

curtain (=sub au laeis ) , or (3) with a curtain,’i . e. , contributing

to the ease of her position .

GOS— Aurea : in scansion (synizesis) .— mediam : she, as hostess, would

occupy the locus medius of the lectus

med ius. Vergil is evidently describinghere the customs of the Romans o f his own

day. A t a Roman feast there were usuallythree couches. The room in which the

feast was held was cal led trid inium (rpelgKl im t. The couches were arranged as in

the annexed figure, and were called by the

names summus leotus, medius leotus, imuslectus. There were usual ly three guests oneach

,according to the custom that there

shou ld never be fewer than the number of

the Graces, or more than that o f the Muses . The places of each

were styled ( 1 ) locus med ius. (2 ) locus summus, (3) locus imus. The

host occupied ( 1 ) in medias lectus .

Medi us leotus.

snwutng

8

“eu

700 —D iscumbi tm they recline in their several (dis places : B .

A . G . 146, c.

7Ul — Cereremque— empedi unt and serve out promptly the bread from

baskets.

”For the case of ca ni stris : H . 4 14, IV. 1 ; A . G.

258, a. For Cererem : see note , vs . 1 1 7 .

702 — Tonsique— vi ll i 8 and napkins with shorn nap : vill is : abl.

quality.

NOTES.

703— Qu ibus— P enates whose care i t was to furn ish in tu rn the lastingstore, and to worship the Penates.

”— ord ine= év pf‘

pet, referring to

the division of the labour. — penum,and Penates are connected

etymologically root PA or PAT cp. u évoyal , a évryg, a evia , rorac

adolere Penates may mean no more than to keep up the fi re for

cook ing. W i th adolere : cp.

“ magn i fy”in our ecclesiastical

wri ti ngs.

706 Qu i— onerent subjunctive of purpose.

707— N ec non et . the negatives cancel each other, giving an affirmative

sense : moreover, too .— liminia . atria : synecdoche.

708 Tom'

s — pictis ad coenam convenirejussi .

708—Flagrantesque— verba ;“the glowing looks o f the god and his

feigned words.

”The poet here tr

‘

ansfets the looks and words of

lovers to those o f the god of love.

7 12 —Infel ia: jo in with Phoen issa .—p esti

— futurae doomed to her

com ing ru in .

”

7 13— F'xrp leri mentem

“to satisfy her sou l for case ofmentem : H . 378

A . G. 240 c.

7 15—1216 pependit when he hung on the embrace and neck of

Aeneas z”

abl . separation : H . 578, IV. , 1 ; A . G. 324. . Dis

tingu ish in mean ingp eudére peuclé’

re.

7 15 —Et -amorem “and gratified to the full the affection of his pre

tended father.

7 17— Haec— haerst she hangs on him wi th her eyes, she (hangs on him )wi th her whole sou l cp . Tennyson ’

s Locksley Hall :“and her

eyes on all my motives with a mute observance hung.

”

7 19— Insi dat—deus . how dread a god l s ly ing 1n wait for her i . e. is

plotting againsther : with insidere cp. i ii sidiae.

720— P aulatim“ l ittle by l ittle.

— A cida liae referring to the Acidalian

spring, near O rchomenos, in Boeotia, the haunt of the Graces.

72 l— Et—corda :“and he tries with a l iving affection to pre

-occupy a

soul long since dead to love, and a heart long unaccustomed (to—praevertere : explained by some=praeoccupara O thers

l ike i t to mean,“to surpri se.

— fresides : decline.— desueta, sci l . ,

amort.

723 Postquam— eep ulis : sci l . , est or fu it Decl ine epu lis. What words

in Latin are heterogeneous— 7 emotae, sci l., sunt. The tables

96 VERG IL’S AEN . B . 1 .

were l iterally brought in before the feast began and were removed

after i t was over : hence such phrases as mensam opponere, or op

ponere, and mensam auf erre orremovere.

Crateras— sta /mmt“they place the large mixers ; cp. Horn . 11.

v i . , 526 : Kpa r'

r/pa orz?ooor9ar.— rina coronant

“thev crown the

wine,”may mean ( 1 ) as in Homer

’

s Kpgrfipag sm orétbavro 1torolo

“they fi ll to the brim the m ixers with wine,

”or (2 )

“they deck the

bowls o f wi ne”with ivy ormyrtle wreaths, as was certainly done

in later times.

425 1' cl — lectis a bum arises throughout the halls.— lectis : i n tectis

l-l . IV . , 3 ; A . G . 2 54, a.

—voremque—atria

“and

thro ugh the long halls they cause theirwords to re -echo .

” —atria

the a trium was the principal room in a Roman house . It was

u sed as the reception room,and also as the place where the images

o f ancestors were placed : derived’

from ater,“ black ,” i .e. black

end by the smoke o f the hearth (foam ) : cp. pel adpov, from pél ag.

726— Lychn i : cp. Mag ma— Night came on before they had finished thei r

meal.— laquearibus : the small interstices ( locu s) formed by the

fret-work o f the cross beams of the cei ling were decorated with

gu i lding. Scan this line : H. 608, m . ; A . G. 347, c.

727 - Funal i a : a torch made of stout cords (f unes) and covered wi th wax.

728— Hic hereupon .

729— Mero : distingu ish in mean ing merum, pure, unmixed wi ne ;vi nu/m,

S imply,“ wi ne :

”temetum ,

“a heady Wine.

”

730— 1 1 Belo, sci l . , orti sprung from,

Belus, or=ea> tempore B el i

from the time o f Belus .

” —soliti, sci l. , swat vino imp lere. It was

customary to pour out a smal l quanti ty o f wine with the usual

prayer to the gods as the prel iminaries of a feast.

— jum : define the rights of strangers or protect the

rights of strangers .

-s § {sm og (Juppiter hosp ita lis ) wasworshippedas the guard i an gods o f guests among the Greeks and Romans.

733 Veli s may i t be thy wi ll disting uish in mean ing t'él is, vé

’

lis .

huju s, sei l. , dzei .-m i nores

,sci l . , natu : give the other degrees o f

compari son .

734— Laeti tiae— dator : cp. Hesiod (Works and D ays, 6 14 ) dopa Alemb

oov a oi vyrzd éog.— bona J uno : Juno was the tutelary deity of

Karthage .

735_ - Cuetf

um—cel ebrate attend in throngs the gathering.— coetum

coi tam (cum ,ao ) . -f aventes :

“speak ing words o f good omen

,

”or

“ keeping si lence . Especial care was taken during an o ffering to

98 VERGIL’S AEN. B . t.

746— Tardia Opposed to properent.

747— Ingeminant p lausu applaud repeated ly : lit. redouble withtheirapplause.

”

748—Nec non et z see note, vs. 707.

749— Longumque— amarem “and kept drink ing in a long draught 6!

love note the force of the imperfects in trahebat and bibebat H.

468 3 A. G. 2 77.

750—Mu lta— mu lta note the emphatic position of these words H . 56 !A . 85 G. 344 . This shows her desire to prolong the feast.

7514 Nunc, scil . , rogitat.— qu ibus— armi8 : dep. quest. : H . 529 ; A . 85

G. 334.— Aurorae— fi l iu8 : Memnon .

752 - Quale8, sci l. , casent H. 529 ; A . G. 334.—quantas, sci l . , esset.

753— Immo age nay, come then : often used to connect, or add em

phas is to what has been said before —die give examples of i rregu~

lar imperatives.

754 —Tuomm : referring to the Trojans who had perished at Troy : tubsrefers to the case of Aeneas.

— septima : some writers, Weidner

amongst the number, conclude that Vergi l died before he finally

settled the chronology o f the Aeneid. Vergi l in Aen . V. , 62 6, also

says that seven years had passed since the fall of Troy, although a

yw must have elapsed between the time of the reception of D ido

and the celebration of the games.

V ERG IL’S A L-zx. B . t.

Rgen -O i‘

,-6ri s ; m . : son o f Neptun e and Libya , k ing of Phoen icia Vergi l ( B .

calls Karthag e the city o f Agenor, s ince Dido was descended from him.

Aja x ,

-a‘

rci s ; m . : Ajax : son of ( l il eu s, ki ng of the Locri ans. He is described as of

smal l stature, but of great sk i ll i n hurl ing the spear, and ,next to Achi lles, the

most swi ft-footed of the Greeks. Homer represents him as having been wrecked ,

on h is return from Troy on the“ Whirling Rocks. Ajax escaped and boasted

that he could escape wi thout the aid of the gods. For h is impiety Ajax wasswallowed up by the sea. Vergil represents Ajax as being especially hated by

Minerva, because on the n ight of the capture of Troy he insu lted Cassandra,the

priestess , in the temple of the goddess,whi ther she had ti ed for refuge.

A lb - a ,-ae ; f. : A lba Longa , the most ancient city in Latium . and the parent city of

Rome It was destroyed by Tu llus Hosti lius, and never rebui lt.

A lban -u s ,-a.,

-um ; adj. : of. orbelonging to A lba.

El é t-as ,-a.e m . : A letes : one of the compan ions of Aeneas.

Am azon -as ,-um ; f. : a fabled race of femal e warriors who dwelt on the banks of

the Thermodon ,in Pontu s. They came to the aid of the Trojans in the warunder

the command of their qu een ,Penthesilea.

Km ycu s ,-i ; m . : Amycus a compan ion of Aeneas .

An ch i s -é s .-ae ; m . : son of Capys, and father of Aeneas. He survived the fal l of

Troy, and accompan ied Aeneas , bu t d i ed on Aeneas’ first arrival in Sici ly.

A n tén -or, fi ri s ; A n tenor : m . : a Trojan : accord ing to Homer, one of the wi sest

of the Trojan elders. B efore the taki ng of the city he was sent to Aga meinnon to

negotiate a peace ,and concerted a plan of del ivering the ci ty into the hands of the

Greeks. On the capture of the city he was spared. His subsequ ent history is

variously related. Some say that he founded a new k ingdom at Troy others that

he went to Libya or Cyrene others, that he went with the Heneti to Thrace, and

thence to Italy,where he foun ded Patavi um .

An th e-u s ,-i ; m . : Antheus : a follower of Aeneas.

Aqu i l -o ,-6ni s ; m . : the NE . wind call ed Bopéas by the Greeks.

Arcturu s ,-i ; m . : Arcturus : a conste llation near the Great Bear ; called also

Bootes, or Arctophylax.

A rg-i , -6 rum ; m . : A rgos : one of the chief towns in Argol is, in the Peloponn esus.

Argi v u s ,-a,,

-um ; adj Argive of, orbelongi ng to Argos.

A scan i u s ,-i m . : Ascan i us : son of Aeneas and Cre iisa, rescued by his father from

Troy and taken to Italy.

A si a ,~ae ; f. : A sia : one of the continents.

AS S é Pé C ’ ITS ,‘i 2 A ssaracus : m . : 3 Trojan prince, son of Tros and father of Capys.

Kth ém é -s ,-n ti s ; m : A thamas : a follower of Aeneas.

mm»: or PROPER NAMES. 101

A tla -s ,-n ti s ; m . : A tlas a Titan who upheld the heaven and stars.

Atri a-ae ,—é.rum ; m the A tri dae : descendants of Atreus, appli ed to Agamezn non

and Menelaus.

Auror-a ,-as ; f. : A urora : goddess of the dawn ,

and wi fe of Tithonus. She is

usually represented in a chariot drawn by four hors es.

‘

B .

B aoch -u s ,-i ; m . : B acchus : son of Juppiterand Semele, and god of wi ne.

B el l um ,-i ; n . : War personifi ed.

Bé l -u s ,-i ; m. : B elus : k ing of Tyre and Sidon , an;

a fatherof Dido.

B i ti -as .-as m. : B i tias : a Tyrian compani on of Dido.

Byrs -a ,-as f. : Byrsa : the port of Kartha

g e first bu i ltwas called,in the Phoen ician

languag e

,B etzura orBosra, i .e .

, ci tadel, whi ch was corrupted by the Greeks intoByrsa (Bopa a) , i e. , a

'

hi de, and hence probably arose the story. Af terwards itformed the citad el of Karthage.

Caes -ar,-é,ri s ; m . : Caesar ; a surname given to the Julian family at Rome.

C éi c-u s ,-i ; m . : Ca icus : a. follower of Aeneas.

C é py-s ,-os (ace. Capyn ) ; m. : Capys : a follower of Aeneas.

C é ré é l -i s ,-e ; adj : of, orbelonging to Ceres.

C lé anth -u s ,-i ; m . : Cloanthus : a. followerof Aeneas.

Cup i d -o , m . : Cup i d son of Venus and god of Love.

C i clé p é -u s ,-a ,

-u r.n (the regular quantity is Cyclopéus) ; Cyclopean : adj. of, or

belongi ng to _the Cyclopes.

Cymdth é -é , -é s Cymothoe : a sea nymph.

Cynth -u s .-i ; m. : Cynthus : a mountain in Delos, the natal place of Apollo and

Diana.

Cypru s , 4 ; f. : Cyprus : 3 large island in the Med iterranean sea colonized by thePhoen icians. It was noted for the worshi p of Venus, who was often called Cypri sorGym-

75a . The chief townswere P aphos, Clti um and Sa lamis.

Cg—th é p é,‘ -6rum ; n .

, pl . : Cythera (now Cerigo) , an island off the south-western

poin t of Laconi a. Itwas colon ized by the Phoen icians, who early introduced theworship of Venus. Hence the goddess is often called Cytheris or Cythe

'

rea.Accord ing to some traditions she arose from the foam of the sea near the island.

CYth é ré -u s ,-a,

-u m ; adj. : Cythcrean : of, orbelonging to Cythera.

n n‘ ll

102 vsne i t’

s AEN.

’n.

‘I. A LL

")

1 .

D t l'

s t" J

DAn é - l , -6 rum ; m. , pl . Danai : a name given to the Greeks, as descendan ts of

Danaus, son of Belus and twin brother of Aegyptus.

Dard é n i d -as , a rum ; m ., pl . : Dardan idae : the descendants of Dardanus ; i .e‘l

Trojans.

D ard é n i -u sy e., -um adj. : Dardan i an : of, orbelonging to Dardania orTroy.

VD é iop é -a ,-ae ; f. : DciOpea : a sea nymph, whom Juno promised to Aeolus on con.

di tion that he wou ld aid her in destroying the fleet of Aeneas.

X D ian -a ,-a,e f. : D iana : daughter of Juppiterand Latona, goddess of the chase, the

moon,and archery. From root DIV, bright ana, bright one.

”

D i d -0 , and -on ls : D ido : also called E lissa, the reputed founder of Carthage.

She was the daughter of Belus, or Anteri or, and sister of Pygmalion , who suc~

oeeded to the crown of his father. D ido married Acerbas, or Sychaeus, a priest of

Hercules and a man of great wealth . In consequ ence of the m urder of her hus

band by Pygnialion, she sai led from Tyre, and finally landed at Karthage. She

purchased from the simple natives as much land as she cou ld coverwith an ox.

hide. Cu tting the hide into strips she surrounded the spot on which she subse

quently bu i lt Bu rsa (Bupa a , a hide) , the citadel of Karthag e. Vergi l represents

Dido as fall ing in love wi th Aeneas,al though an interval of fu lly three hundred

years elapsed between the taki ng of Troy (1 184 B .C. ) and the founding of Karthage

(853

B iom ed - es ,-i s ; m . : D iomede : son of Tydeus, and one of the bravest of the Greeks

who fought at Troy. He was the especial favorite of Minerva, and underher

d irection d id many feats of bravery. He engaged in single combat Hector and

Aeneas ; wounded Mars, Venus, and Aeneas ; with Ulysses, carri ed off the horses

of Rhesus and the Palladium.

E é —u s ,-a ,

-um ; adj. : of, orbelonging to the East, Eastern“the dawn

Lr-yx ,m. : Eryx : a.mountain and town on the west of Sicily ; near i t stood

Egesta,or Segesta, the city of Acestes.

Euré p -a ,-a.e f. : Europe a d ivision of the Eastern world .

fl E u ré t-as ,

-a.o m . : E urotas the ch ief river of Laconia (now Basi l ip olamo) , flowing

through a narrow and fru itfu l vale into the Laconian Gulf.

Eu r-as ,-i ; m. : Eurus : the SE . wind

F i des , -é l ; f. : Fai th personified .

Furor. 6 118 ; m. : Fury personified.

104 VERGIL’S AEN. B . 1 .

fl i é c-a s ,-a .

-um ; I l i an : adj. : of, orbelongi ng to l l ium , orTroy.

i li é d e s ,-um pl. : women of Troy the Trojan women.

[ l ion -é , e s ; f. : eldest daughter of King Priam , and wife of Polymnestor, king 0!

Thrace.

(l ion -eu s , -el : m. : a follower of Aeneas .

Eli -um ,-i ; n . : I l ium : anothername forTroja.

i l i -a s , -a ,-um ; I li an : of, orbelonging to Ilium.

[ l lyri c -u s ,-a.,

-um I llyrian of, orbelongi ng to Illyria, a. district north of Epirus,

along the Adriatic.

fl -u s , - i ; m . : I Ins : a rame given to (1 ) the fabled founder of Troy see geneological

table, p. (2) Iu lus, orAscanius original ly.

TOp -as ,-ae ; a bard who sung at the entertainment given to Aeneas.

Rana ; ao. , f. : Italy.

Ital -a s , -a ,-um ; adj. I talian .

It'

l l -u s . -i ; m. Iulus : anothername of Ascanius, son of Aeneas.

Jafi -u s ,-a,,

-um ; adj. : Ju lian : the nomen of the Ju lian fami ly.

il fi n -o ,~6 n i s f. : Juno : the wi fe and sisterof Jove, and daughterof Saturnus. She

ai ded the Greeks againstTroy. (ForDjovino : not di v: to shine

Jfi noni -us, -a ,-um ; adj. of, orbelonging to Juno.

Juppi ter, Jovi s : m . : Jupp i ter : king of gods, son of Satumus and Rhea. (For

Djovis pater :“ father of He represents the sky ; hence thunder, light.

ning and physical phenomena generally proceed from him.

K.

K s . th f'

tg-o ,-in i s ; f. : Karthage : one of the most celebrated cities of the ancient

world ; founded about 853 B .C. It embraced the chi ef citad el (Byrsa) , the port( Cothon) , and the subu rbs (Magali a) . It. was involved in long and tedi ous wars

with the Romans for the supremacy o f the ancientworld . Itwas final ly destroyed

146 B .C . It was rebui lt under Jul i us and Augustus under the name of 001011 40,Karthago. The ruins are nearEl -Marsa.

L .

7K Lati n -u s , 4 ; m .: Lati nas : son of Faunus , and ki ng of the aborigines of Italy. Hekindly recei ved Aeneas, and gave the Trojan leader his daughter Lavinia in marriage. Afterhis death Aeneas succeeded to the throne of Latium.

INDEX OF PROPER NAMES.

Lati -um ,-i ; n .: Latium : a broad d istri ct south of the Tiber, and between the Alban

hills and the sea. Probably called from its flat character latus, cp . nAa '

n is. Eng.

Tri ton -e.,-ao ; f.: Latona : the motherof Apollo and Diana.

Lavi n i -um ,-i ; n . : Lavi ni um : a city of Italy, founded by Aeneas in honor of

Lavi nia, his wife ; nowPratica .

Lavin i -us , -a.m ; Lavi nian : of, orbelonging to Lavini um.

Léd -a ,-cc f. : Leda : motherof Helen and of Castor and Pollux.

L l'

burn -i , 6 m m ; m . , pl. : the I/ iburn i : a nation of Illyria, inhabiting modernAustrian Croatia.

Li bya ,-ae ; f. : Li bya : a district of Northern Africa.

Li byc-us ,-a,

-um ; Li byan : of, orbelonging to Libya.

L i ae -u s ,-a.

-um ; an ep ithet of Bacchus : from Ava i os. from N ew , to free

Liber : qu id l i berat u . entent a c urls.

L i d -us ; e.,-um ; Lyclan : of, orbelonging to Lycia.

X Lyc-usri ; m. : Lyons : a comrade of Aeneas .

a s : f. : Mai a : daughterof Atlas ; the eldest of the Pleiades, and the most

beautiful of the seven stars ; the mother of Mercury.

M ar-s ,-tis m . : Mars : the god of wars ; son of Juppiter and Juno the patron dei ty

of Rome.

M é vorti -u s ,-a.,

-um ; Mavmt ian : of, orbelonging to Mars, orMavora.

x M emn on , 6n i s ;fi

m . : Memnon : a king of Ethiop ia ; son of Tithonus and Aurora

came to Troy with a body of sold iers to ai d Priam di stingui shed himself for h isbravery ; was slai n by Achil les.

M ercuri -u s ,-i : m . : Mercu ry : son of Juppiterand Maia ; messenger of the gods.

M fi s -a ,-ae f. : a Muse : the Muses were daughters of Juppiter and Mnemosyne, and

'

l cm at Pi eria. Hesi od states the names as Cl i o (history) , E u terpe (lyric poetry) ,Thal ia (comedy) , Melp omene ( tragedy) , Ten/ stell a r: (dance and song) , Erato

(amatory poetry) , P olym n ia , or P olyhymn i a (subl ime poetry) , Uran i a (astronowy) , Cal liope (epic poetry) .

MYCé n-ae ,

-a.rum ; L. pl. : Mycenae : one of the chief cities of Argolis, in the

Peloponnesus .

N .

N eptfi n-u s ,

-i ; m . : Neptune : the god’

of the sea.

N é t-u S , -i ; m . : Notus : the south wind.

106 vs ncm’

s AEN. n. 1 .

O en é tr-u s ,-a .

-um ; adj. : Ocnotrian : of, orbelonging to Oenotria,an old name fox

Italy.

Gil é -a s ,-l ; m . : Oi leus a k ing of Locris, father of Ajax.

fi lymp -u s ,-i ; m . : a mou nta in of No rthern Greece, near the Aegean Sea : according

to Homer,the abode of the gods hence often u sed forCaelum nowE limbo.

Gré a -s , a d i s ; f. : belonging to the mounta in ; hence, a mountain nymph (spam :

from apes, a mountain) .

Gri en -s ,-ti s m . : the quarterwhere the sun rises (oriens) hence, the East.

Ori on ,6 11 18 : m . : Orion : a celebrated hunter and giant ; placed after his death as

a constel lation in the heavens showers attended its rising and setting B . 1 , 535.

Grou t-es ,-i s and i : Orontcs : a leader of the Lyci ans, shipwrecked on his voyage

from Troy to Italy : B . 1 , 1 13, 220.

Pa l l -as , f-zP allas : an epithet of Athene, orMinerva, the goddess of warand

of Wi sdom. The epithet is derived from (1 ) either m iM ew, to

the brand isher” of the spear (2) or from fraiAAag, a mai den,”i .e. , the vi rgin

goddess.

X\ Paph -O S ,-i ; f. : P aphu s : a ci ty of sou th -western Cyprus, where Venus was

especially worshipped.

P are -a ,-a.e ; f. : one of the three Fates orDestinies. According to the Greeks their

names were Lachesis (Aayxai vew ,

“ to allot Clotho (xAui d ew ,

“ to weave

Atropos (a, neg. Tpén’

ew,

“ to turn Theirduties are expressed in the following

li ne z— Clotho colum rotinet, Lachesi s net, et A trop os occat. W i th the Romans

these were worsh ipped as Marta, Decuma . N ona. The best derivation seems to

‘be parz nep,“ to a

‘

l lot ;"

cp. Motpa t. For the interchange of p and m : cp.

perusaog, p lumbum.

Pé ri -s .-di s ; m . : P aris : also cai led Alexander, son of Priam and Hecuba. l l e

carried off Helen , wi fe of Menelaus, King of Sparta, and thus was the cau se of the

Trojan war. He was slain by the arrows of Phi loctetes. He was the especial

favorite of Venus.

P éri -u s , -a.,-um ; ad j. : P ari an : of, or belonging to Paros, one of the Cyclades,

noted for i ts quarries of marble.

Patavi um ,-i ; m . ; P atavi um : a city of Gal lia Cisalpina, founded by Antenor,

between the Meduacus Major and Minor (Brenta ) , now cal led P adu a .

Pé lasg -u s ,-a.,

-um ; adj. : P elasgian : of, or belonging to the Pelasg-i , an ancient

race who inhab ited Graeci before the arrival of the Hellenes. The word is derived

from m u d; cp. pali dus, palleo : hence , dark, or ash-colored.

108 VERG IL’

S AEN. B . 1 .

Rem -a ,-as ; f. : Rome : a city in Italy, on the banks of the Tiber ; the cap ital of the

Roman world . Derived : Roma=(s) ltoni a : root SRU ; op.

‘

pe’

w : to flow;”hence ,

the stream town .

"

R Om C'

tn -u s ,-a ,

-um ; adj. : Roman .

Ren al -u s, -i Romul us The founder of Rome ; son of Mars and Rhea S ilvia.

R fi tfl l -i , -6 1‘

um m . , pl . : the R a lu l l : a people of Lati um. They opposed the settle ~

me nt of the Trojans in Italy. They were defeated, and the ir king, Turnus , was

sla in.

S .

S é ba e -a s .-a.,

-um ; ad j. : Sabaean : of, orbelongi ng to Saba (the Sheba of Scrip

tu re) , the capital of Arab ia Fel ix, si tuated in the S.W. part of Arabia.

Sam -o s ,-i f. : Samos : an island , S.E. of Chios, Opposite Mt. Myeale. It was noted

for a magn ificent temple of Here (J uno) , situated abou t two mi les from the town

Samos. The remains of this temple are stil l to be seen.

S arp éd-ou ,

-5n i s ; m . : Sarp edon : k ing of Lycia, and an ally of Priam in the Trojanwar. He was slain by Patroclus.

Saturn i -u s , -um ; adj. : Saturn i an : of, or belonging to Saturnus, Saturn ian .

Saturn ,according to the Romans, was the father of Juno. His name is derived

from sero, to sow ; hence he was the god of agricu lture.

S cy llae-as ,

-a.,-um ; adj. : Scyllaean : of, or belonging to Scylla, a monsterwho

inhabited the rocky strai t of Messina, between Bruttium and Sicily.

S ergestu s ,-i ; m . : Sergestu s : a followerof Aeneas .

S i cétn i -a n-ae ; f. : another name for Sicily. The S ican i , from whom the i sland oh

ta ined its name,were an Iberian people, whi le the Sicu l i were an Ital ian tribe.

S i cul -u s ,-a ,

-u :n : S i ci lian .

S i d -ou ,“51115 (ace. S idona) ; f-3 Si don (now Sa ida) : the most ancient of the Phoeni

cian cities, and fora long time the most powerful. It was ecli psed by its own

colony, Tyre.

S i don i -u s , -a ,-um ; adj. : S ldon i an : of Sidon.

S imo- i s ,-en ti s m .: ace. S imoenta (nowGumbrek) : a river of the Troas falli ng into

the Scamander (Mendere) .

S partan-u s,

-a ,-um Spartan : of, orbelonging to Sparta:

Sych ae-u s ,

-i ; Sychaeus : the hu sband of Dido.

S yrt-i s , -i s ; f.: the Syrtes : two gulfs on the northern coast of Africa : the Syrtis

Major (Gu lf of S iam ) , Syrtis Minor (Gu lf of Cabes) . The word is derived ( 1 ) either

from o vpew ,

“to draw, (2) or from the Arabian word sort, a desert. Both were

prm'erbially dangerous to sai lors on account o f the qu icksands and their ex; osure

to winds.

INDEX or PROPER NAMES.

T .

Teu c-ar. 4 : m. : Teucer : (1 ) an ancient k ing of Troy (2) a son of Telamon,k ing of

Salamis, and brother of Ajax.

Teu cr-i , -6rum : pl. , m. : the Trojans.

Thre i ss -a ,-ae ; fem of adj. Threx ,

Thrac’i'

an.

Ti bé rin -u s ,-a.. -um ; adj. : of, orbelongi ng to Tiber, a river of Italy, on the banks

of wh ich Rome was bu i lt.

Tim é v-u s ,- i ; m Timavus (now Timavo) : a river of Istria.

T l‘in é cri -u s , -a ,-um ; adj . : Trinacrian : of, or belonging to Tri nacri a, another

name for S ici l ia. The island obtained i ts name from i ts three promontories

(rpei g (Expa t) Pelorum (now Capo d i Faro, orP eloro) ; Paohynum (Capo d'l P as

sara) ; Li bybaeum (Capo di Bona, orMarsa la) .

Trion ’ es, -um ; m . , pl. : also called Septentriones, seven stars (sep tem=seven ; trio= strio ; root srm, to scatter,

”hence, scatterers of l ight, near the north pole.

Tri ton ,-6 n i s ; m . : Tri ton : a sea-deity, son of Neptune and Amphi trite, and trum

peter to his father.

Troll -u s, -i ; m. : Troi lus son of Priam and Hecuba, remarkable forh is beauty. He

was slain by Achilles.

Troi -u s , -a.,-um ; adj. : Trojan.

Troj-a .-ae ; f. : Troy : also called Ilium, one of the most noted cities of antiqu i ty

situated in the north-eastern part of Mysi a, i n a d istrict cal led Troas . Itwas bu ilt

nearthe junction of the Simois and Scamander. It was taken by the Greeks after

a si ege of ten years, B C. 1 181. Recen tly Dr. Schl ieman has, by excavating the

ground , brought to l ight the remains of this once memorable ci ty.

Trojan -a s ,-a ,

-um ; adj. : Trojan .

131-6 -8 ,.i s ; m. : Tros : (1 ) son of Eri chthi inus, and grandson of Dardanus. He mar.

ried Call irhoe, daughter of the Scamander, and had three sonai—Ilus, Assaracus,and Ganymede (2) an adj.=Trojanus.

Tydi d -es ,-a.o ; m . : son of Tydeus, an epi thet of Di omedes

’

.

Typhoi-uS .

-a.,-um ; Typhoian : adj. : of

, or belonging to Typhoeus, a monstrous

gi-mt, whom Earth brought forth to warwi th the gods after the destructi on of her

giant progeny: He was destroyed by Jupp iterand placed beneath Aetna.

Tyri -a s ,-a.,

-um ; adj. : Tyri an : of, or belonging to Tyre, a celebrated city of

Phoenicia.

Tyrql s ,-i f. : Tyre : an ancient city of Phoenicia, founded by a colony from the older

ci ty of Sidon. It was noted for i ts famous purple.

V .

Vé n -as, 511 8 ; f. : Venus : the goddess of beauty and the mother of Aeneas. By

adjudging the award of the golden apple to Venus, when Minerva, Juno and

Venul were the competltors for this pri ze of beauty, Paris was promi sed the hand

l IU VERGIL'

S AEN . B . I.

of the handsomest o f earth’

s daughters. He soon eloped wi th Helen, and hence

the warof Troy. The influence of Venus in th is contestwas always exerted on the

side of the Trojans.

Vest-a. a s ; f. : Vesta : the goddess who presided over the hearth e‘

o ri a ) . She

symbol ized the sanctity of the fami ly ties. In her temple at Rome, the attendant

priestesses, Vestal virgins, kept al ive the sacred fire.

X .

Xanth -u s ,-i ; m. : Xanthus : also cal led Scamander, a river rising in the defi les of

Mt. Ida, and after receiving the Simois, falls into the I-Iellespont. The name is

derived from the yellowcolor of its waters (games) : now the bl enders.

Z .

Z é phyr u s ,-1 ; m . : Z ephyrus : the western wind

, ( from {deos amass : cp. véeog,nubes, al l referring to the dark region of the world).

a, or act

abl .

ad v.

cf. con fer

dep.

i mperf

i nd . or i nd ic.

ind ed i .

indef.i nf. or infin .

interj .interrog.

in . or irreg.

Lat

n . or neut.

A B B R EV IAT IO NS .

m l 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 O

D O O O I O O Q .

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

o o o o o o o o o o

S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

c o o . 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

so . 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 0 0

S o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

O

o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0

p. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

N .B .— The figu res before v. a ,

v. dep .

,and v. n . denote the conjugation of the verb.

Where the etymology is not given ,the word is of very uncertain or unknown origin.

neg.

nomnumobsol

‘

ord

p . or part.

pass

perf.

pers

pluperf

plur

pos

poss

prep

pres

prob

pron .

rel .

singsubju ncontr.

v. a.

v. depv. n .

voc.

112

i~ ad ~n i ton n isns and nwus sum

,

3, v. dep. lad ,

“ag a inst ; n i tor,

“to

lean” J , to exert one

'

s self , etc. ; to p u t

forth one’

s strength, etc.

ad -no , nzi vi , natum ,nare, 1 , v. n . [ ad ,

to,or up to no, to swim "

1, to swim

to, orup to.

ad u n o ; see annuo.

fid -é l -ao , h i (rarely Evi ) , (ul‘

tum ,fire

,

2, v. a. [ ad up chaol . os-o,

to

grow”

1, religious term : to honour, pro

pi tiate, etc.

é d -bro , Gravi , oratnm , orare, 1 , v. a.

(lid ,

“ wi thou t force 6ro,“to

to entreat, beseech ; to address an en treatyto.

ad -paré o , parere, pari i i , pari tum ,2,

v. 11 . (ad , to paréo ,

“to be visi ble

”

1,to come i nto sight, be vi si ble.

ad -

p el lo . pellére, phl i , pu lsum, 3, v.

a. (ad,“to pel lo, to drive

”J , to dri veto.

ad -

p l ico : see appli co .

ad -s i ro , spi rfire, sp i ravi , sp iri tum ,l ,

v. a . [ a“towards spiro,

“ to

to breathe f orth.

ad - sto (a -sto ) , stlti stitum, stare, 1 ,

v. n . lad .

“ by or near, etc,“to stand ”J,

to stand by, ornear, a person or thing

ad -sum , mi , esse, v. 11 . [ ad , at ,

sum , to to be presen t, orhere.

ad -su rg'

o , surgére, surrexi , surrec

tum,3,v. n . lad , towards su rgo, to

rise”

1, to rise.

ad u l -tu s , ta, tum ,ad] . [ for i dol -tus

fr. adOl-esco,"to grow up 1, grown up,

fu l l grown , adu lt.

ad -Vé h O ,vexi , vectum , vehére, 3, v. a.

[ ad ,

“to ;

”veho,

“to carry

”

1, to bear toa place, etc.

ad y é n i o , veni , ventum, veni re, 4, v.

n . (ad ,to veni c, to to come

to.

ad ver-su s . sa, sum ,adj. [ for advert

sus ; fr. ad vert-o], opposi te ; i .e. , lyi ngover aga i nst, or i n an opposi te quarter ;com i ng i n an opp osi te di rection , or froman opposi te quarter.

a d -Verto ,vertere, verti , versum , 3,

v. 3. [ ad , towards verto,“ to

to turn towards.

aeger, gra , grum , adj. : sad , sorrowi ng, troubled.d é -n u s ,

na, num , ad j. [ for sernus fr.

aes , aer- is , bronze”

J, of bronze or

copper ; bronze copper As subst. :

aan um ,i . n . , a vessel or ca ldron of

bronze orcopper a bronze caldron .

VOCABULARY.

a eq u -o , avi . atum , lire, 1 , v. a. [ aequus . equa l

“

1. to make equa l , place on an

equa l i ty, equa l ize.

a equ -or,cris, n . [ aequ -o,

“ to makelevel

"

1, the waters of the sea ; thc'sea , inany cond ition .

a equ -u s a. um, ad j. [ root 1K, tomake even cp. aequor : ei xw]. f avourable, f riendly.

— non aequ-u

a‘ble, wnfl i end ly [ ak in to Sans. ekas,one

”

her, aeris, m . [ root AV, to blow cp.

a l‘yp ; a'

q ; a ura], the a i r ; cloud ,m i st

,vapour.

aer-é u s . és , éum , adj. [ aes, aer-is.bronze

"

J, of, ormade of bronze ; bronze .

aes , aeris,

n . : bronze (an alloy of

copper and ti n, not brass, which is an

alloy of copper and zi nc) . Of vessels : a

prow of bronze, at bronze-

prow [ akin to

Ger. eisen ,

“ iron”

1.

aes -tas , tatis, f. [ root AED,

“ to burn ;cp. aedes, aestus ; a i de», a ldvjp], summer.

ae s -tu s , tfis, 111 . Of the sea : a wa veor bi llow ; the sea in an agitated state

[ see aestas ].

ae -tas , tatis, f. [ for aev( i )tas fr. sev

um ,

“age a i u

’

w; root AIV, a lengthenedform of 1

“to go

”

j, time of l if e, age,genera-ti on .

a et-ern a s , erna, em um ,adj (contr.

fr. aetat-ernus ; fr. act-as , aetat- i s], con

stant, lasti ng, eternal , everlasting.

aeth er, eris , 111 . {see aestas], the uppera i r, or ether the sky.

aeth é r-i u s , i a, lum, adj. [ aether,aether- is,

“the ether, or up er

perta in i ng to the upper ai r or s“

y.

affi i c-tu s . ta, tum, adj. [ foradlig-tusfr. atfli g

-o ,“to dash , or strik e down ”

1,unfortu na te, wretched , distressed.a f-fl o ,

flavi , datum , flare, 1 , v. a. [ forad -flo ; fr. ad ,

“upon flo ,

“to blow,

or breathe to blow or breathe upon an

object ; i .e. , of a deity, to bestow on , or

impart to, by breathing.

(af-for) : see adfor.

ti ger, agri , m . [ root AG,“ to drive

hence, where cattle are driven ; cp.

aypoe ; German tm'

f t, pasturage, tromtrei ben ,

“to drive Eng. acre ; hence],

land , landed property or estate.

ag -ger, geris , m. [ agger-o, to bri ng,or carry, to

"a p lace], a mound , pi le,

high orm ighty heap .

ag-m en , min is, n. [ ag-o], a line,

stream , trai n ; a band, crowd , multitude.

O f soldi ers a column, ortroop .

VOCABULARY .

agu -u s , i , m . : a lamb [ ak in to ant/ 69 ,a lamb ; root Av,

“to please ;

”cp.

bFi s-z ovis : Eng. ewe (probably the pet

th ingi ].

ago , egi , actnm , agére, 3, v. a. : to

dri ve, drive about. Imperative : comp.

v. defect : to say, to speak [ akinto root AYH,

to say cp. ad -ag-ium, a

sayi ng].

é l a , as , f. [ for axla=axi lla z see ager],a wi ng.

e -s , ali tis, adj. [ for al -1 -(t) 5 ; fr. al a,a wing ;

”1, root of e o, to go ; ( t)

epenthetic letter}, a bird .

é l -i -ger, gera, géru m , adj. [ al -a, a

wing ( i ) connecting vowel ger-o

,to

bearing u i nf/s w'

nged .

é l l q u i , qu a, quod , g .en (al icfi jus ;dat. al icu i ; plur. al iqu i , quae, qua, etc.

indef. pron adj. [ ah u s qu i ], some,any.

él -i ter. ad v. [al -is, old form of al - iu s

ter, an adverbial su ffi x ; compare fortiter]in another manner, otherwise. hand

al i ter : not otherwise ; i .e . , just i n the

same way.

ii l -i'

u s , 1a, iud (gen . aims ; dat. ali i ) ,adj. : another, other of many [ ak in to

dA

a l -l igo , l igavi , l igatum , l igare, 1 , v. a .

[ for ad - l igo ; fr. ad ,

“ wi thout force

ligo ,“to O f an anchor as su b

ject to make orhold f ast.a l léq u or, Icqu fi tus sum, loqu i , 3, v.

dep, [ forad - lbquor ; fr. ad ,“ to speak

to speak to, address.

ti l -m u s , ma,mum ,

adj. l'

i -O,

“to

nourish ben ign , prop i tiou s .

a lt-e , adv. [ alt—u s,“ h igh 1, on h igh,

a loft.

aI-ter. tera , térum (gen. altérius ; dat.

altéri ) , adj. [ ak in to Il l - ins ], a nother. AS

subst. m . : anotherperson ,another.

a l tu s , ta , tum , adj'[ 1 00 t AL ,

AR, or OL,

high ; cp . bow/ a t, bpos, opu s ; ad 01

esco ; alo], h igh, lofty.

— As subst.

a ltum , i , n . : the hi gh heaven .

— As

subst. : a ltum ,1,n . : the deep ; the ma in

or open sea .

am aracu s , i , comm . gem: marjoram

am b -é,g es , is ( found only in ab] .

sing. , complete i n plu ) , f. [ amb ,

“around ;

fig 0,

“to go

”

1 i ntricate deta i ls or nar

rative.

amb l g u u s , ua, nu n) , adj. [ amboboth ; i . .e ,

in two d irections , ago

to level”

1, dou btfu l, uncertai n , not to

be rel i ed upon .

am bo , se, o , plur. adj. (Gr. ambit ],

ambré s i u s , um , adj. [ Gr. (iMBpémos ; fr. a, neg. : “opu s“

.

cp . mors,

no tpa ; hence, l iterally,

loveli p leasant, sweet, etc.

é m -i ci o , icfi i , ictum, ici re, 4, v. a.

[ for arn -jacio ; fr. am,

“around jzi cio,

to throw” J , to wrap around

, to clothe.

am i c-tu s , tfis , m . [amic-i o " to throwaround dw nefli zé m i cum , adj. [ am . o , to

lovi ng, fri endly.— As subst. :

am l cu s , i . m . : a fri end .

é -m i tto mi si , m issum ,mi ttere, 3, v. a.

[a,“ from : mi tto ,

“t_o let go

”

1, to letgo, slip , i n tima — Pass : a -m l tto r, missussum

,mi tti .

ai m -0 ,avi

, atum, are , 1 , v. a. : to love.

é m -or , oris, m . [ am -o,“to love

love, afiecti on .

— Person1fi ed : Love, or

am p lexu s , us, 111 . [ for amplect-su sfr. amplect-or, to embrace ;

”cp . p icoto

n AéKGLv Eng. pla it ; root PLAK,

“to

twist ” J, an embracing, embrace, caress.

am p l i -u s , comp . adv. {adverbial neu t.of ampl i -or ; fr. amplas,O f time : longer, f arther, more.

am -

p l-u s , a, um , adj. [ am ,

“around ;

l -eo ,

“to of large exten t, exte n

sive, spaci ou s

an , con'

. [prob.

a prim itive word ],whether.

whether.

ancé ra , ae, f. [ root Aim ,

“to bend ;

cp . ancas,uncus

, angui s Gr. dyxu’

w,

dymi pa ,6yxos], an anchor.

é mim a , i ni ae, f. [ ak in to root AN .

“to

breathe ; 0p . animus ti l/ GMOS, em u],

an im u s , im i , m . [ akin to anima l,m i nd

, f eel ing,courage.

an nal -es , ium , m . [ annal -is,“of, or

cords.

3, v.

‘a.

.n

a year

[ ak in to AM,

“ to go ; annu lus ; to Gr.

é'

v-oq z e’

y - tav‘rés, a.year

”

J.

an te , adv. and prep.—Adv. : bef ore,

previ ously, beforehand, sooner. Prep.

gov. acc. before, i n fron t of .

an t-i qu u s , i qua, i quum, adj. [ ant-e],f ormer, anci ent, old.

an trum , i , n . : a cave, grotto

é p er, apri , m. : a wi ld boar [ akin toxci np

é -

p é r-

‘

i o ,i i i

,tum, i re, 4, v. a. (prob. ab,

denoting“reversal root

‘

PAR,“to

m a g

cover"

1, to open ,i .e . , to mn ke a way,

or

pa ssaae throug h, something previouslyclosed ; to d isclose to view permi t to be

é p ertu s , a, 11111 : p . erf. pass . ofuperio. O f the sky : u nc ouded , cloudless, clear.

i i -p-i s ,

is, f. [ ak in to root PO, to

drink cp. po-to ; m'

um ; hence,“the

drinkeror sipper”of the dew, ju ice of

flowers , etc ; hence], the bee.

.N

c

‘

7

ap-

p areo , parui , pfm tum , parere, 2,v. n. [ for ad -

paréo ; fr. ad ,

“at pareo,

“to to come or be in sight. to

be vis ible, to showone’

s self, etc.

ap p e l lo , pan, pu lsnm . pellére, 3 ,v. a.

[ for ad -

pello ; fr. ad ,

“to or towards

pello,“to drive

”

1. O f a storm : to dri ve

to

a

ppl i co , pl icavi , or pl icui , pl i catum

or p lcitum, plicare, 1 , v. a. [ for ad -

pl ico

fr. ad , upon pl ico,“to fold J , to

force,'orbring to, a place, etc.

ap t-o , avi , atum , are, l , v. a. [ root AP,to work , or join cp . opus, opes,

apisci : afi f etV], to adap t, fi t, adjust, prep are, provi de.

p u d , prep. wi th acc. : at, in ,among,

th.wt

é q u -a ,ae . f. : water [ akin to Sans. up

water” J .Tar-a ,

ae,t. [ root AR , see altus], an

elevati on f or sacred p urp oses ; i . e. ,an

altar.

arbor, Gris, f. : a tree .

arb é r-é u s , éa, éum ,‘

adj. [ arbor,“a.

tree”

1, tree-li ke, resembl i ng a tree.

arc-an u s , ana , anum , adj. [ arc-a, a

chest [ see arceo], secret, concea led .

arc-é o , 1‘1i (obsol . su p. i tum) , ere,

“

2,

v. a . [ root ARK,“to pro tect ; cp. dpxew ,

dpxrj ; area, arcanu s], to confine, restra in ,

keep ofl"

,dri ve away —Ah v. 300 supply

eos, i .e. Teneros.

arcu s ,11 5

,m . [ see arceo], a bow.

ard é o ,arsi , arsum ,

ardere, 2,v. n .

[ root AR ,

“to burn

,or parch cp . arena.

areo , aridus], to bur nwith any passwnateemotion to long, be eager.

a rd esco ,arsi

,no sup . ,

ardescére, 3,

v. n . [ ardeo,

“to burn

” J , to become i n

flamed with love , etc.

é ré -n a , nae, i . [ see ardeo], sand, shore,beach, strand.arg

-en tum ,enti , n . [ root ARG,

“

to bebright cp. a

'

pyvpoc, arguere, argi l la],si lver, si lver vessels or plate .

ar-i d u s . ida,idum , adj. [ see ardeo ],

dry

VOCAB ULARY .

ar-m a ,morum ,

n . plu . [ root AR,

“ to

fi t ;”cp. a

'

p-w

, dp-a pia xw, d pov : artus,art icu lus], arms , weapons, u tensi ls .

[ar-o,“to

ploughi ngOf deer : a

ar-m en tum , menti , n .

plough ; hence, pmperly,cattle], cattle in general.herd .

“

( sar-ri go , rexi ,

[ for ad - rcgo ; fr.

rego , to keep st

up . O f the ears

aures) , to li sten ,

an imate, enc

ar-s . tis, f.AR

,

a joi nt ; a limb [ seearma].

ar-tu s (are ) , ta , tum , adj. : narro w,close, confined [ see arma].

ar-vum ,vi

,n . [ root AR,

’

to plough ;cp . ci péew ; aratrum ; O . E . ear], a field,p la i n .

arx , arcis, i . [ see arceo], a castle,ci tadel .a -scen d o , scend i , scensum , scendere,

3, v. a. [ for ad -scando ; fr. ad , upscando, “

to to mount up ,

climb, ascend.

a sp eC-to , tavi , tatum,

ti re, I, v. 3 .

[ id ], to look at attentively.

a sp eC-tu s . ti

'

is . m . [ aspicio,“ to see,

or look at,”through root sese], a glance,

lovk.

asp er, éra,erum , adj. : rough, rugged ;

cru el, bi tter, vi olent, fierce. (Comp :

asper- ior. ) Sup. : asper

-rimu s.

a -Sp i ci'

o , spexi , spectum'

, spicére, 3,v. a. [ for ad -spccio ; fr. ad ,

“on or

upon ; spéci o,“ to look

”

1, to look upon ,

behold, see. Mentally : to consider,re

gard.a -sp i ro ,

spi ravi , sp i ri tum, spirare, 1 .

v. n . [ for ad -spiro fr. ad ,“upon Spiro ,

to breathe”

J. O i flowers to sen d jO’I‘t-hscen ts, em i tfragrance upon a person .

a s -su l‘

go , surrexi , surrectum, sur

gere, 3,v. n . lad ,

“up ;

”surgo,

“to

rise”

J. Of the heaven ly bod i es : to rise

up ,ri se.

a st : see at.

a sto ,are : see adsto.

a strum ,i , n . : a star [ root STAR, to

scatter ; cp . o ropéw vn i sterno , stratus,stra inen : stella=steru la,

“ the scatterer

of l ight

VOCA BULARY.

C .

C é d o , cl‘oid i

,casum . cadére .

3,v. n

to f a ll , in the fu l lest acceptation of the

word . O f \ icti 1ns : to [ a l l i n stu n /ice ;to be slam or o ff ered . O i sou nds : toabate, subs i d e

,d i e away.

cé du s ,i, m a jar, esp . for Wi ne

[ KabosL

caecu s a um , ad j. : bl i nd , bl i nded ,whether phys1cally 0 1 mentally hiddenconcea led , secret.

caed -e s ,i s. f. [ caed -o, to slay

blood shed in slaughter, g'

rre.

cae lesti s , e , adj. [ see caelum ,

“ hea

ven heaven ly.

cae l -o ,avi

,atum , are , 1 , v. a. [ cael

um ,

“a gravem

"fr. cavi l lum : that which

hollows to engrave i n reli efmetals ; and ,

later, to cast or fou nd ;to cha se to emboss.

cae lum ,i,11 . [ root KU, to swell ;

see cavo ], hea ven .

caes -ari e s ,ari é i , f. : the hai r of the

head [ caedo, to cut ; cp . xobpn, fr.

x elpw].

ca l -é o ,i i i

, no sup .

, (are, 2, v. n . to be

hot.

cam pu s , i , m a p lain [ prob. akin

to xnrros‘

,a garden

cé n i stra , 6mm 11 . plur. : a basket

mad e from weeds [ Ka va o rpa ].can o , 3, v. a

to s ing,celebrate i n song or re: se [ mot

CAN,“to sou nd ; ’’ cp. xa vaxn ; A .S . hana,

a cock

can -tu s , t1’

1s, 11 1. [ see can-o]. Of birdsa s inging,

n ote, etc.

cérn u s ,na

,num , adj. : grey, hoary ,

venerable [ ak i n to e u - i’

w, to burn

”f cap esso ,essivi or essi i , essi tum ,

essére,

a . desid . [ capi 0 ,“to

to perform.

cap i o ccpi , captu 111 , cf1pé 1 e, 3, v. a

[ root KAP,‘to take, or hold ; cp. xu

’

mn,

Kawrw xa rrn . capu lns], to take, in the

widest sense of .the wor ;d to reach,arrive at, etc. ,

a place ; to take,sei ze,

choose.

cap-u t, i tis , n . : ahead [ see capio].

career, eris . m a prison, p ri sonhoase [ S icil ian xapxap

-.ov]

card -o ,i n is, m . : the pi vot and socket

by which the doors of the ancients were.i xed and mad e to open and shu t ; commou ly rendered , hi nge ; the turn ing

poi nt, ma i n poi nt, of 1nattei s [ 1oot KARI) ,“ to swing f cp . xpaba ew ,

re apbla , COL :

A. S . heorte ; Eng. heart].

carpo , carpsi , carptum ,carpére. 3, v.

a . : to feed or l i ve up on [ ak in to apu -agu ,“

to seize J .C é -ru s . ra , rum , adj. : beloved , dear

[ for ca111 ~ru s ; root KAbd ,“to love ;

"cp.

nnor, 1.e. , camor].

castra , trOrum ,n . plur. [ root sum ,

to cover ; hence castra z scadtra ; cp.

casa cassis Ger.

scl iattcn ; Eng. shade ], an encampment,

C it -3 118 , sns , m [ for cad -sue fr. cad -o],a cha nce

,a cciden t, event ; m isfortune ,

ca lam i ty,m i n .

caterva , ae , f. : a crowd , troop , bandof persons.

0

cau sa , se, f [ root 8110 ,

“to protect ;

cp . o xvroc, xeuBew : cu tls,scu tum , oh

scu -rus], a cau se, reason , M oti ve.

Cav -O , avi , atum ,are

,1,v. a. [ cav-us,

hollow root NU,“to swel l ou t z

”cp.

xo ZAoc, n l

.

/ u a : cum u lus,to hollow ou t.

C é vu s ,a,11 111

,ad j. hollow.

cé l é b ro , avi , atum , are , v. a. [ céléber,cé lcbin is,

“ much frequented ; hence , ofa religious ceremony, etc. , to which greatnum bers of pers ons resort], to solemn ize

,

keep j esti ve orf esta l.

C é l -er, éris , ére , KAR, or KAL,

to move cp. xéAAw, x éAns celox,

currere : A .S . hor-s], swift.

C é 1é 1‘-o , avi , fi tnm . are, l , v. a. [ cé ler,swi ft

”

J, to qu a-ken, to hasten, or speed

o nor towards to accelerate.

ee l -1a ,lae ,

f. [ root KAL,

“to hide ;

cp . xaAi a,

Kawg: oc-cu l -ere : cellareci lium ,

olando,color ; A .S . helan ; Eng.

heal ], a. cel l .

0 5 1-0 , avi , atum,are

,1 , v. a : to hi de ,

COHCUU l [ see cella].

Ge l -s u s , sa, sum , adj. [ root KAR, to

project : cp . xdpa ; cer-chrum, collis,

co lumna,cu lmus

,culmen : A .S . holm

h igh,lof ty.

cen tum ,nnm . adj. indecl : a hun

dred . Poetically for any indefin i te largenumber ; e .g.

,u nnumbered

,countless

[ akin to Gr. é-xa -

rév].

Ce rn o , crévi , cretum , cem ére, 3 v. a.

[ root CER .

“to separate , or di vi de ; cp.

xp i uw,xp i

'

a i s‘

,Lat. crimen], to p erce ive,d iscern , see, whether by the eye or the

m ind.

cert-e , adv. [ cert-u s, sure”

1, surely,assu redly,

certai n ly.

certo ,tavi

,tatum,

tare, 1 , v. n. ihtens. (can,

root of oer-no,“ to fight see

cerno], to contend , vie wi th one in something.

VOCAB ULARY .

certu s ,ta , tum,

adj. root of

oer-no, to decide”

1, fi xed , settled , su re ;trustyf ai thf u i , etc.

oer-Vix ,vicis, f. [ root RAB ,

“to pro

jcet ; cp . xci pa : celsus, columna colhs,

cerebrum for cer-vehs (vehs to

carry”

1, a. neck.

cer-vu s ,vi , m. [ root KAR

,to be

hard ; cp . xépag, xdpvov : cornu , carina :

Eng. hart, horn ], a stag.

ces -so , savi , sa tum , sate, v. n . intens.

[ for ced -so ; fr. ccd -o,“ to go to

be remi ss i n anyth i ng.

cé té ru s , a, um (rare in si ng ) . adjthe other ; the rema i n i ng. As subst

cé té ra , 6mm,n . plur. : the rema in i ng

things.

ch érus ,i, m . : a dance [xop69 ].

ci é o ,civi , citum , ci ere, 2, v.

make to go hence) . to rouse, sti r up

[ root KI,“to stir up cp. x iw,

xi vvua i :

ci tus . so lli -ci tus].

cin 0 , cinxi , cia m , cingére, 3, v. a.

to surr W ri t-i n k . Of birds : to wheel

around in fli ght.cin g -fi lum ,

ti li , n. [ cingo,“ to gird

a gi rdle, belt.

C ircum ,adv. an d prep. [ prob. adver

bial ace. of circus, a ring”

] [ root E AR ,

to curve : cp. Kvprés, xvxhog, xpi Kos ;

curvu s, corona, collum]. Adv. : arou nd ,rou nd abou t, al l rou nd . Prep . with acc. :

arou nd , etc.

circum -ago ,egi , actnm , agere, 3,

v

a. [ ci rcum] ,“around ago, to dn ve

” I

Of a vesse l as object : to drive round,

wheel arou nd.

circum -d o ,ded i , datum . dare, 1 , v.

a. (circum,around do

,to put

”

1, to

surround ,encircle, enclose.

C ircum -fu n d o ,ffidi , fusum , fundére,

3,v. a. [ ci rcu 1n ; fundo ,

“to pour

”

J, to

pou r a : ound to su rroun d w1th, envelopein , a cloud , etc.

circum -tex -tu s , ta, tum , adj. [ cir

cum ,

“aroun d ; tex~ o,

“to weave ” J ,

woven arou nd, or a ll n u nd.

ci th ara ,se , f. : a harp , ci thara

[ K i ddpa ].

ci t-o ,adv. [ ci t-as , qu ick qu ickly.

Comp. ci t-Ins .

Ci -tu s , ta, tum,adj. [cI-éo,

“ to put

swif t, fleet. ‘In adverblal

force : swif tly, qu ickly, rapi d ly.

clam ,adv. : secretly, privately, by

stea lth [ for calam : root EAL, to cover ;

cp . xaAa -ru z celo].

clam -or, one 111 . [ root KAL, to

call : cp. xaAe ,

’

xAy'

gw : (chew entor,

1 17

kalendae], ou tcry, clamour, confusedshou ti ng.

C lé -ru s , ra, rum, adj. Of l ight

clear, bright [ probably foro(a)larus : sameroot as clamor],famou s ,famed

,1 enowned,

i l lustri

ous .

classi s , is, f. O f persons summonedfor sea-service : a fleet, comprising boththe sh ips and the men servi ng in them .

[ See clamor].

clau -d o , si , sum , dere, 3, v. a. : to

shu t, to shu t up , close to su rround , shuti n [ KLU,

“to shu t ;

”cp. xhe iw,

xhe igclavis].

C lau s -tram . tri , n . [ for claud -trumtr. claud -o,

“to shu t

” J , a bar, or bolt.co ep i o , i , tum , ere and isse , 3, v. n .

and a. [ contr. fr. coap io ; fr. co

in “augmentative

”force ; api o,

“to

lay hold of Neut. : to begi n , commence. Act. : to begin or comme ncesometh ing.

coe -tu s , tus, m . [ another form of

coitu s ; fr. coco ,

“to come together

co=cum ,together ; root 1 ,

“to go,

"or

“come

”

1. O f persons : a meeting, com

pany, etc. O f birds : a flock, body, etch .

co -

gno-m en , m inis , n . [ cotogether with ; gnomen z nomen ,

“a.

name” J , a f am i ly or surname. For no

men a name or app ellati on .

co -gn o sco , gnovi , gni tum , gnoscére ,3, v. a. [ co in

“aug111enta ti ve

”

force gnosco,nosco, to become

acquainted wi th ” J , to become thoroughlyacqua inted with to understand , learn.

cé go . ccegi , cbactum ,cogére, 3, v. a .

[ contr. fr. co-ago ; fr. co“ to

gether ;”

ago,“to to f orce,

comp el .

co l lectu s, a, um , p. pert. pass . of

coll igo : gathered up , or collected.

co l -Hgo ,leg

-i , lectum,ligére, 3, v. a.

[ for con -lego fr. con“to

gether,”lego, to gather

”

l , to gathertogether, or up ; to collect.

co ll i s , i s, m . : a hi ll [ see cervix].

co ll um ,i , n . : the neck [ see circum ].

06 10 ,cblui , cu ltum , colere, 3, v. a. : to

ti ll , cu lti vate esteem, hold in favour, orregard .

cé l -c‘

mns , ( mi , 111 . [ col -o,“to

colum n a . se, f. : a column, p i l lar

[ see cern x] .

cém a ,ae , f. : the hair of the head .

cém i t-or, atus sum , an,1 , v

, dep ,

leomas, com ic- l s,“a. compamon to be

a

VOCA B ULA Ii Y.

a compan i on to ; to accompany.attend .

P. perf. 1n pass. force : accomp an ied ,attend ed .

comm i s -

‘

sum , si,n . [ for comm itt

sum ; fr. comm i tt-o,“to comm i t

"a

fault,

a fa ult, oflence, transgressi on.

com -m i tto , m i si , m issum ,m ittére , 3,

v. a. [ com“ together ; m itto,

“ to cause to go Of a fault, etc. : to

perpetrate, comm i t.

com -m ové o ,movi , mctum , movere,

2,v. a. [ com (=cum ) in

“ i ntensive

force ; m0vco ,

“to move to di sturb,

affect, d i squ i et, etc. W ith respect to the

passio ns, etc. : to rouse, exci te.

com -

page s , is, f. [ comtogether ;

”n o . root of pango,

“to

fasten"

1. O f a structu re : a f asteni ng.

O f the s ides, etc. , of a vessel : a joi nt,seam , etc.

com p e l lo ,avi , atum , are, 1 , v. a.

[ compollo (3, v. a . ) i n reflex ive force, to

bring one’

s self to a person in order to

Mddress him ; hence], to address, Speak0, accost.cfiom -

p e l lo , p i ll i , pulsum , pellere, 3,v. a . [ com in “

strengthen ing”

force ; pello,“to dri ve to dri ve, f orce.

com -

p lector, plexu s sum , plecti , 3,v. dep. [ com

“ with plecto,to entwine

”J , to embrace, clasp .

com p lexu s , us, 111 . [ for complect-sus ;fr. complect

-or, to embrace” J , an em

braci ng, embrace.

com -

p on o , pbsfu'

, posi tum, pone'

re,

3, v. a. [ com together pono,“ to Wi th accessory notion of

arrangement,and with personal pronou n

as object to recline on a couch at table,etc. O f the day : to end . close. (

“To

dress,or lay ou t, a dead body hence) ,

to bu ry, to i nter ; to ca lm , sti ll , a llay,appease.

con ci l i —o , avi , atum , are, 1 , v. a.

[ conci li -um ,

“an to make

friendly, conci li ate, procure the favourof .

con -clud o , clusi , clfisum,cludere, 3,

v. a. [ con in “augmentative

”

force ; cludo= claudo,“to shut

”

J, to enclose, marlc ou t.

con -cu rro , curri (rarely oucurri ) ,cursum ,

currere , 3, v. 11 . [ con“together ;

”curro ,

“ to to ru shtogether in battle, engage in combat

,

fight.

concu r 111 . [ for concurr-sus ;fr. concurr-o

,to ru n together

”

1, assemblage, crowd, concourse.

con -d o . d ldi , d ltum ,dére

,3,

v. a.

[ con“together ;

"do

,

“

to

to bu i ld. O f a state , etc. : to jound . Ofa nation : tof ou nd , establ ish.

con -f i d o , fi sus sum , fidére, 3, v. semidep. [ con in “ intensive

”force ;

fIdo .

“ to trust"

1, to trust strongly.

enterta i n a confide nt hope .

con -ffi g i’

o , fugi , ffig itum, fugere, 3,v. n . [ con cum) , with fugio ,

“

toflee

” J, toflee f or ref uge or su cco ur.

con -

gré di or, gressus sum, gréd i , 3,v. dep . [ for con -

grud ior ; fr. con“together grad i or, to step

”

1, to

fight, engage, contend.congressu s , us, m . : a comi ng to

gether, match.

con -jun go , junxi , jnnctum , ju ngere,3, v. a . [ con together j ungo,to join ”

1, to joi n together, u ni te.

conju nx [ for conjung-s fr. comm ,

root of conjungo ,

“to jo in to

a husban d ; a wife.

co -nub -i um , ii , n . [ con“to

gether ; nfibo,“to vei l one

’

s self,”as a.

bride does ; hence, “to wed marr iage,

wedlock.

con s cendo , scendi , scensum, scen

dere, 3, v. a. [ for con -scando ; fr. con

in “augmentative

”force, scan

do,“to mount

”

1, to mou nt, ascend ,cl imb. Wi th aequor, etc. , as object : ton avigate.

cp u -sci -a s , a, um , ad j. [ con—rcum) ,

Wi th solo,

“to know consci ous to

one’

s self.

con -S i d e) , sedi , sessum , sidere, 3, v.

11 . [ con together sido,“to

sit down ”

1, to settle, take up one’

s abode.

con Sfl -i um i i n . [ prob. for consuli um fr. consul -o, to consult

”l. cou nsel,

p lan .

co n -s i sto , sti ti , sti tum,sistére, 3. v.

11 . [ con in “strengthenin

force ; sisto , to stand to stand stito stop , rema in. Of the m ind : to be atrest, or ease.

con sp ec-tu s , tus , m . [ consplclo,“ to

look at ;”through true root cossrnc],

sight, view.

con -sp i ci o ,spexi , spectum , spicére,

3, v. a. [ for con -speci o ; fr. con

in“strengthen ing

”force ; spécio,

“to

see to see,behold.

con -sti tfi o , stltfi i , sti tutum, sti tuére,3, v. a. [ for con -statue ; fr. con (=cumtogether statuo,

“to set, or place

Mentally : to resolve, determi ne to do,

etc.

120 VOCABUL \RY .

look ; cp . o éw, caveo,

“to search

care, anx iety . soli e i tude ; an object ofcare

,a care.

cu rro . cucurri , cursum, currére, 3, v .

n . to run [ see ce ler].

cu rr-u s ,us (dat. curru ,

v.

.

m.

[ curr-o ,

“to run ; see curro], a chari ot,

car.

cu r-su s , sus m . [ for currsus ; fr.

curr-o ,

“to run a voyage, course , by

sea,etc.

cu sp i s ,i d is

,f. [ root KI,

“ to sharpen ;see cico a Sp ear, lance, java/i n .

cu stos , can , comm . gen . [ root SKI',to cover ; see cau se ], a keep er, gu ard

ian . Collectively : gu ards, an armedf orce.

cycn u s , i , m. : a swan [ root KAN,“to

sing, or sou nd see cano].

D .

d d , pres. imper. of do.

clap -s , is (gen . plur. seems not to

occur) , f . : a ri ch feast, a magn ifi centbanquet [ ak in to 6am,

root of Gai n -n o,

“to

devour,” and ca r -dun, expense

dator, toris, m . [d (a) -o,“to give J, a

gi ver, bestower.

d é , prep . gov. abl. O f local relations

from , down f rom . Of time : di rectlyafter. Of origin,

etc. : from, accordi ngto.

d é a ,ae

,f. [ akin to deus], a goddess.

d écé r-a s ,a, um , adj. [ décor, decori s,

gracefulness gracefu l, elegan t, beautlf u l.

d é c-u s , oris, n . [ déc-et,“ it is becom

ing”

1, ornament, decorati on , sp lendou r.

d é -fé ti scor, fessus sum , fetisci , 3, v.

dep . i nch . [ for de-fatiscor ; fr. de, in“strengthen ing force ; fatiscor

,

“to.

grow to become qu i te fa i nt, or

weary.

d é -f i cg‘o ,

fix1 , fixum , figére, 3, v. a.

[ dc,“ down ; ngo,

“to O f the

eyes : to f as ten , or fix i ntently, downward on some object beneath.

d é -fi fi o ,flu xi , fi uxum ,

fluére , 3, V. a.

[ dc,“ down two

,

“to flow ”

1. Of a

garment : to fa l l i n flowi ng folds ; to

descend, etc.

d é -h i nc,adv. [ dc,

“ from ; hinc,hereup on . af terwards, next,

then .

d é -h i sco ,him,

no sup . , hiscere,3,v.

11 . [ de.

“asu nder ; hisco ,

“to yawn

”

1,to yawn , orgape, asu n der.

d é -in d e ,ad v. [ dc,

“ from ; i nde,“thence 1. O f success ion : afterwards,

‘C ‘

next i n order, afl er that. ortime : inthe nextp lace, af terwards, af ter that.d ém i s -su s , sa, sum , adj. [ for dEm itt

su s ; fr. demitt—o,

“to send down

"

j,dow ncast, bendi ng downwards. O f ene

alogical descent : deri ved, descended é -m i tto ,

mi si,mi ssam

,m ittere

, 3, v.

a . me, " down mi tto,“to send

”

1, tosend down .

d ém -um ,arlv. [ a lengthened form of

the demonstrative particle dem in i -d em ,

tan -dem], at length, at lu st.

d é zn i , nae, na, num , adj. plur. [ fordec-m ; fr. doc-em

,ten

”

1, ten.

d é -p en d é o ,no perf. nor sup pen

dcre , 2, v. n . [ de,“ down pendéo,

“toW i th abl . : to hang down , or

dep end , fro m.

d éri p i’

o ,rip i

'

i i, reptum , ripere, 3, v. a.

[ for ( le-rapio ; fr. de,“away raplo ,

to tear” J , to tear away, or

d es ert-a,orum

, n . plur. [ desert-us,desert, desert, sol i tary, or

waste p laces deserts.

d é -S i sto , sti ti , sti tum , sistére, 3, v. n .

[ d é ,“away from sisto,

.

“to set one

’

s

self,stand ”

1, to leave of , gi ve over, cease,desi s t.d e sp ec

-to,tavi , tatum , tare, 1 , v. a.

intens. [ despicio,

“ to look down upon ,

through root SPEC], to look down uponi nten tly from a heigh t.

d é -sp i’

o i o , spex i , spectum, spicére, 3,

v. a. [ fordee pécio ; fr. de ,

“ down nponspecio,

“to to look down upon

from a height.

d é -S u esco ,snevij, suetum, suescére, 3,

v. a. [ dc, denoti ng “removal su esco,

“ to accustom ”

j, to become accu stomed .

d é -s ii er, adv. de,“ from super,

above”

from above.

d e -trfi d o ,trasi

, trfisum , trfi dére, 3,v. a. [ de,

“ down trudo, to thrust” J ,

to thrust down, or of from.

d é u s ,i , a god [ root DIV

“to be

bri ght cp. Gi l 877 /\ Os‘ d i es, ivu s].

d é -vé n‘

i o ,ven i , ventum

, vén ire, 4, v.

a. [ de,“ down ven lo, to comeW ith ace. of place : to come to, arr ive

at.

d é -vé vé o ,vovi

, votum, vbvere, 2 , v.

a. [ dc,“from ; v6véo

,

“to vow ”

1. In a

bad sense : to devote, destine, to some

misfortune.

d ex tr-a . ae, f. [ dexter, dextr-i , right,on the right side ;

"root DER

,

“to

receive, or DlK,

“to point out cp .

iéxgg

a t,beixvvu t : dico,

index], the rightar

VOCABULARY.

di ci -O ,On is, f. [ perhaps fr. die-o ,

“ to

say” domi n i on , p ower, au thori ty.

di co ,d ix i , di ctum ,

d i cére , 3, v. a.

[ root M E ,

“ to point ou t Cp. bd rm/va t

65m) d igi tu s, indico], to say, tell, sp eak

to relate, declare ; to call , n ame.

di e -o ,avi , atum, are, l , v. a. to set

apart, ded icate [ ak in to d ico].d ie -tum ,

ti , n . [ d ie-o) , a word, order,comma nd.

d i es , é i , m . ( in si ng. sometimes a

day, the l ight of day, the daylight [ seedeus].

d i f-fun d o , ffidi , fusum ,fu nders ,

3, v.

a. [ for di s~ fundo ; fr. di s,

“ in d i fferentd irections fundo ,

“ to pour out” J. O f

the locks : to spread, orwaft abou t.di gn -or, atus sum , mi ,

1 , v. dep.

[ d ign -us, worthy”

1, to deem or hold one,

etc. , worthy of someth ing.

di g -n u s ,na

,num ,

adj. [ root see

d ico]. Of things : su i table, j it, becom ing,proper that of which one

,etc. , i s

worthy.

d i -l igo ,lexi

,lectum ,

l igers , 3, v. a.

[ ford i -lego fr. d i“apart lego,

“ to choose"

J, to va lu e, or esteem highly ;to love.

d i -m i tto ,m i si , m issum , mittere, 3, v.

a. :d i ( z dis) ,“apart ;

” mitto,“to

to send abou t i n difierent di recti ons, or todifi

‘

erentparts.

di -ri go ,rexi , rectum , rigére, 3, v. a.

[ for d i -régo ; fr. d i i n strength

en ing force ; rego,“to keep or put

straight”J , togu i de, d irect.

d ira s ,a,um, adj. fearfu l, dreadfu l,

horri ble [ prob. aki n to t..-cam,to

d i sco , d idici , no sup . , discére, 3, v. a

to learn [ root DIK see d ico].d i scri -m en , mi nis

,n . [ for di sere

men ; fr. d iscerno ,

“ to separate,”through

root can], d isti ncti on , d if erence ; ri sk,

hazard , danger.

d i s -cumbo , cubui , cubi tum , cum

bere, 3, v. n . [ d is ,“ towards d i ff erent

sides cumbo,

“ to l ie down ”

1, to l iedown by stretchi ng one

’

s self ou t fromone side of a couch , etc.

, to the other ; to

recl ine on a.couch ,etc.

d i s -j i ci o , jeci , jectum , j i cére, 3, v. a.

[ ford is-jacl‘

o ; tr. di s,“as under ; jacio ,

to throw”

l, to scatter, di sperse.

di s -jungo , ju nxi , junctunn jungere ,3 v. a. [ di s, denoting

“Opposi tion or

reversal j ungo, “to join to d i vi de,

p art, remove.

di s -

p e l lo , pul i , pu lsum, pellére, 3, v.

a. [d is,“ in difi erent directions pello,

to dri ve to dri ve i n d ifi erent di recti ons to di sperse, scatter.

di s s im i l l -O ,avi

, atum ,are, 1 , v. a.

[ ford issim i l -o ; fr. d i ssnn i l -is,

“un like

Wi thou t nearer object : to concea l,or

hi de one’

s self ; to remai n concea led , orhi dden .

d i sten d o ,tendj , tensum or tentum

,

tendére,3, v. a. [ dis,

“apart tendo,

to stretch"

1, to swell out, d i stend.

di u ,adv. [ adverbial , abl . of obsol.

di ns a day J , f or a long ti me ;a long whi le. (Comp. : d iutius : sup. :

di utissime.)d iv-a , as , f. [ ak in to di vus : see deus.

for not], a fema le dei ty, a goddess.

d iver-su s , sa, sum, adj. [ for di vert

sus ; fr. d ivert-o, to turn in a di fferentd irection ”

J, turned i n a dzfieren t d i rection

, i .e., hi ther and thi ther ; f ar di stant.

d iv-es , i tis, adj. W i th gen . : rich, oraboundi ng i n . (Comp. : d i tior) ; sup . :

d iti ss imu s [ akin to root DIV, to shi ne ;

see deu s].di -Vi d o , vi si , vi sum

,videre , 3, v. a

to di vi de ou t,distribu te [ di

“asunder ; root vm

,

“to separate cp.

vi duas , vidua ; Eng. widow].d iv-inn s , i na, i num , adj. [ d i v-us

,dei ty d ivine,heaven ly.

di v-u s , i (gen . plur. divfim) , m . : ade i ty, a god [ see deus '

.

d o , ded i , datum , dare, I , v. a. togi vein the widest sense of .he word . Phrases :Dare vela (to give the sa i ls to the wi nd ;

to set sai l. Dare amplexus ( to giveembraces ; to embrace. Of soundsto give, orp our, f orth to allow

, p erm i t[ root DA,

“to give ; cp. Stew-m,

86m g,bérnp : dator].d é c-é o , ui , tum , ere, 2, v. a. [ aki n to

d ie -o,“to say

”

L to teach, instruct, i n

f orm .

d é l é o . ui , i tum,fire, 2, v. n . and a

Neu t. : to grieve, or sorrow. Act. : to

gri eve or sorrow at, or over ; to lament,etc.

d 61-or,(iris

,m . [ dbl -so, to grieve

grief, sorrow.

i f d é l -u s , i , m craf t, fraud, gu i le,decei t [ SéAos].

d ém in -or, atus, sum,ari , 1 , v. dep.

[ dom in -us,“ lord ,” “ master root

‘

DAMto conqu er;

”cp. sandal , Banap domo

Eng. tame], to bear ru le,hold sway, have

the dom in i on .

d c‘

im -in u s , i n i , m . [ either fr. dem -us,

and so, one pertai ni ng to the houseor, rather, from doin -o, an dso, the subduer,

”eta ], master, ru ler, lord.

VOCAB ULARY .

d ém u s ,i and f. : a dwelli ng,

( l bOde , hou se ; a fam i ly, house, li ne

don ec , conj . : u nti l , ti ll at length.

do-n um ,u i

, n . [ for ( lanum fr. DA,root of do . to g ive

”

j. a gif t. present ; avoti ve glf t or alteri ng to a dei ty.

d -O rsum , ors i,n . [ contr. fr. devor

sum ; fr. de ,

“ downwards ; vorscm ,“turned

"

J. O f rocks : a ri dge.

d ub -i u s , 18 . lum, adj. [ fordu -hibius ;fr. d uo ,

“two ha lveo

, to move i . e.

“ to ho ld by two ,

”i .s . ,

“to hold doubt

fu l doubtful , u ncerta in .

duco , duxi , ductum , ducere, 3, v. a

to lead ; to construct, erect ; i o derive J

one’

s origin ,etc. ; descend .

d u o -to r, toris, m . [ due-o, to leada leader.

d c -i s ,e , adj. sweet in taste dear

,

beloved [ usual ly considered akin to

yAvxflsL

d u m , con j .'

ak i n to d iu ], whi le, wh i lst,du ri ng the tim e that ; u nti l that, u nti l.

d fi -

p leX , pl icis, ad j. [ for dupl ic-s ; fr.

dfu -o,

“two ;

"

pl ic-o

,

“

to two-f old ,

double. Plur. : both.

dur-o ,i vi , atum , are , 1 . v. n . [ dur-us ,

hard” J. O f persons endure

,hold ou t

,

d fi ru s ,a, um, ad j. : hard in nature,

9.t u nfortu nate, adverse.d u x ,

ducis, comm . gen . [ for due-s, fr.

.duc-o,

“to a leader, condu ctor

,

wi de a leader, commander.

é : see ex.

ébu r, Gri s, n. : ivory.

é -d fi co , duxi , ductum , dficére, 3, v. a.

[ e (= ex,

out duco,

to lead to

lead ou t, orf orth.

e ff é ro ,extuli

,elatum , efferre

,v. a.

irreg. [ for ex -féro ; tr. ex,

“ou t fero

,

to to bear, carry, or bring ou t

orforth to rai se up , or a loft ; to up l ift.

ef-f i ci o , feci , tectum . fi eére, 3, v. a.

[ for ex- facio ; fr. ex,

“ou t facio,

“to

make”

J, to j orm, produce.

e f-f é d i o , d i , fossum ,fodere

,3, v. a.

[ for ex - fod io ; ex,

“out ; fod io ,

“to

di g to d ig ou t, or up to excavate.

e f~ fu n d o ,fudi , ffisum , fundé re, 3, v.

a. [ for ex-fu ndo ; fr. ex ,

“forth fundo,

“to O f li fe to res ign , gi ve u p .

é gen s ,ntis, p. pres. of egco : needy,

desti tute.

ege-nu s ,na

,num

,adj. [ egeo

" to bei n With gen . : i n need, or destitu te of.

é g -é o ,ii i . no sup. ,

Ere, 2, v. n . : to beneedy, or i n need [ root A0 11, to be i n

want ; cp. dxrju].

é g‘o . gen . me i (plur. n o s , gen. nos

trum . ornostri ) , pron . pers. I.

é -

gré d i or, gressus sum , grid i , 3, v.

dep. [ for e fr. 6“ou t

gradi or, to step to d isembark, land ,from a vessel .

é a um ,ad j. [ e

from ; grex, a flock J, eminen t,f amous.

é -j ici o .j eci

, jectum , jlcére, 3, v. a.

[ for éjzi olo : fr. 0“ou t ;

”

jacio ,

“to to cast, or throw out. P.

perl’

. pass. : wrecked,shipwrecked, cast

ashore.

é -l é b or, lapsus sum , labi , 3, v, dep .

[ e“out, or away from ; labor,

“to glide J , to slip away f rom, to

escap e.

é -m i tto ,m i si

,m issum,

m ittere, 3, v.

a. [ e“out m itto,

“to

to send ou t,orf orth to letgo.

é n , interj . lo behold

é n im ,conj . : tru ly, certa in ly, surely,

i ndeed ; for.

é -o ,ivi or n , i tum , i re, v. n. : to go

[ root I, ak i n to Gr. L

é é d em ,adv; [ eomdem= eundem ,

ace.

sing. of i dem ,the to the same

p lace.

é é i‘

i s , a, um, adj. have,“ the dawn

demonstrative su ffi x ce , changed before

the k sound into eo z qu idem ,

“ i ndeedi ndeed, veri ly, tru ly.

é q u -a s , i , m . : a horse [ ak in to Gr.i xx-og= i n n -oq : root AK

,

“swi ft cp .

duct) ; 2 aqu i la].

ergo ,adv. [ ak in to vergo,

“to bend

itself,

theref ore, in consequence,consequ ently.

é -ri p i o ,ripfi i , reptum , ripére, 3, v. a.

[ for e-rapio ; fr. 6“away rapio ,

“ to to snatch away ; to del iver,setf ree.

erro ,avi

,atum

,are, 1 , v. n. : to

wander, rove, stray.

err-or, oris, m. [ perhaps=ersor ; fr.

ass, to move qu ick ly hence, a wanderi ng], a wandering.

134 VOCABULARY.

fé ci o ,féci , factum ,

facere, 3, v. a . : to

make, i u the widest sense of the term.

Wi th double acc. to make an object thatwhich is denoted by the second acc. ; to

do [ root ak in to F0,“ to be

”in a causa

tive sense ; op . fu -i ; -bam,in impf. of

active verb : 456m].

fac-tu nf, ti , n. : a deed,’

act [ see facio].

fa l -lo , fefel l i , falsum , fallers, 3, v. a. :

to decei ve ; to imi tate or assume for the

purpose of deception [ root sen . or SPAR,to fall or tumble cp. (rod/M ew

,

a n a lpew ,n dAAew ; sperno, pellére, pu lvis,

popul us

fa l sa s , 11. um, p. pert. pass. of fallo

decepti ve, f a lse supposed , as opposed to

true or real.

f ém a ,ae, 1. [ root FA ,

“to say ;

cp. durin g fari , fabu la], f ame,rep ort.

fit-m es , mis, f. [ for fag-mes], hungerroot BHAG, to eat ; cp. (inn/69 ,fagus].

fém fi la ,ae, f. : a f ema le servant or

attendant [ tor fac-mu la, from facio,

to

famul u s , il li , m . : a servant, attend

an t [ see famu la].

.fa -nd u s , nda, ndum ,adj. [ f(a) -or,

“ to

ri ght, proper, etc. As subst. :

fan d um , i , n . : right ; that whi ch i srightfu l.

fas . 11 . indecl . [ see fandus], a layfi l l,fi t, orright thing.

fasti g -i um , ii , n . [ fastig-o,“ to make

a projecti ng , p oi nt, or the

highest elevati on of a bui ldi ng, etc. a

p innacle, battlement. Oi naratives,events, etc. : the leadi ng or ma in point ;the head.

fati go ,avi , atum,

are, 1 , v. a. : to

weary, ti re ou t, fatigu e.

fe'

L-ti sco ,no pert. nor sup. , tiscére, 3,

v. n. : to gape Open , yawn asu nder [ prob.

aki n to xa , root of xa- tvw

,

“to gape, or

yawn”

1.

fatum , ti , n. [ i (a) -or,“ to speak

desti ny, fate. P1ur., person ified : the

Fates the goddess of destiny.

fav -é o ,favi

,tantum , favere, 2, v. n

to bef avourable.

ia -x , cis, f. : a torch [ root FA,

“to

shi ne cp. ¢ a -ei vw,(totos : fenestra].

fé -l ix ,l icis, adj. [ root FE,

“to produce

cp. (tow : fu i , fetus], f ortunate, happy.

fé -m i na,mi nae

,i . [ see felix], afemale,

a woman .

fé r-a ,as , t. [ o 015 terns : En

deer], a wi ld beast.p p g

fé ri n -a , ae, t. [ form-us,“of, or be

longing to , a. wi ld an imal hence,with

especial reference to stag-

s], ven is on .

fé ri o , no erf. nor eu i re 4 v a.

o stri ke.

fi lm “

p

fero , tmi , latum, ferre, v. irreg. : to

bear,carry, bri ng, convey ; bear one

’

a

self a long ; present one’

s self say [ rootsare FER and TUL. The second root has theform of TOL

,r m or TAD. The supine

latum=tlatum is derived from this latterroot ; cp. rhdw

, rdhavrov, ¢ épw z tol lo,sns-tul-i ].

fé rox , ocis, adj. In a good sense

spirited. In a bad sense : fierce, vi olent.

ferrum , i , n. : i ron ; a sword ; thei ron head of a. spear.

fer-.veo . bui , no sup . ,

vere, 2, v. n.

[ cp. d épw, oépos, Oepuos‘

; febris : torreoEng. dry]. Of a work : to glow, i .e. , to

be carried on warm ly or briskly.

fes -su s , sa, sum,adj. [ for fatsus ; fr.

fat-isco, to growweary weari ed, wornou t.

fé -tu s , tus, m. [ fé-o ,

“to produce

progeny, offspring, young.

fé -tu s ta,tum

, adj. [ id .,root FE ,

“ to

produce ; see felix], fi lled wi th, aboundi ng in , etc.

f i d -as ,e i , f. [ fid-o,

“ to Per

sonifi ed : Fa i th as a goddess.

f i dac- i a , i ae, f. [ obsol . fi duc-us or

fidux,fi che-is, trust, con

fidence, assurance.

f i d -u s , a , um , adj. fld-o,“ to

trusted. trustworthy, to be reli ed on,

f i go ,fi xi , fixum,

tigere, 3, v. a. : to

fix, fasten [ cp. (Hil ly-

yo) ,“to bind

f i l i u s , Ii , m . [ root DHA,“ to m i lk

,or

BHU,

“to be

”J , a son .

f in l s n is, m . [ prob. for fidnis ; fr.

findo , to d ivide through root Fl D) ,an end, term inati on, conclusi on . Plur. :

borders of a country ; terri tory, land ,cou ntry.

fi é gran s , ntis, p. pres. of flagro

glowi ng, impassi oned.

flag -ro , ravi , ratum,rare, 1 , v. n. : to

flame, or blaze ; to bu rn [ FLAG, “ toburn ; op. qSAéyew : fu lgeo, damma

fl am -m a , mae, f. : aflame the flameof love [ for flagma ; fr. ¢ Aéy-w ; see

flagro].

fl amm -o ,avi , atum ,

are, 1 , v. a.

[ fiamm-a,“a flame to i nflame ; set on

fire, whetheractually or figuratively.

VOCABULARY. 125

fié V -u s ,a , um,

adj. [ prob. forflag -vus,

same source as fiai nma ; see l lannna f,

yellow.

fl ecto , flexi , flexum ,fi ectbre, 3, v. a

to bend,turn

,tu rn rou nd [ prob. ak in to

nAéx-w,

“ to plai t or twist”

flor-é u s ,éa, é um ,

adj . [ flos, floris, a

flowery, decked wi thf lowers.

fl é s . floris, m . : a flower [ root BHLA,to flou rish cp. cthéew : florere, flnere ;

A.S. bloom; blood ].fi u c-tus , bus, m . [ for fiugvtus ; fr.

fino, through root rnuev], a bi llow,

wave.

fl i t-m en , m in is, n. [ flu-o ,

“ to flowa stream ,

ri ver. or tears : a stream ,

flood .

fi fi o ,fluxi , flux um ,

fluére,3, v. 11 . Of

things not flu id : to flow, stream [ rootPLU, to flow, to swim cp. m\ e

’

w,

o Zov ; plno, pluvia].

fl fi v-i u s , i i , i n . [ forflugv-iu s ; fr. fluo .

to flow,

"

through secondary root

FLUOV ; see fluo] , a ri ver.

foed u s , Cris, n . [ for fid -us ; fr. fido, toa leagu e, treaty, compact.

fé l - i um ,i i , n . : a leaf [ root EU orFE,

to produce see facio [ .

fé -m es , m i tis, m . [ for fov-mes ; fr.

fbv-eo ,

“to touchwood , to re

coire the spark struck out from a fli nt.

fon -s , tis, m . [ prob. for fund-ts ; fr.

fu nd -o,

“to pour O f a river

the source, spri ng-head [ root GHU,

“to

pour ;”

cp. xéew , xor) , xvgds : fundo ;Eng. gush].

1 , v. dep. Wi thspeak ; to speak,

say, u tter [ see fama].

fé ra (= futurum esse) , fut. i nf. of sum .

f 6r~ i s , is, f. : a door [ akin to Gr. d u’

p-a ;

Eng. door].form a , mac

,f. [ for fer-ma : fr fer-o],

form in the widest sense of the word ;shape, con tour, f igu re ; a fi ne form,

beau ty.

fors abl . forte, f. [ prob. for fortis, fr.

fér' o, to bring” J, cha nce

,hap . Adver

bial abl . : by cha nre.

fors -an ,adv. [ ell iptical ly for fors si t

an,

“ whether there be a per

chance, perhaps.

forte : see tors .

for-ti s ,te, adj. : cou rageous, brave,

bold . (Comp . : fort- i or) sup. : fort-issimns

lop. dapc ei v Eng. dare ].fort -li n g , fi nae, f. (tors, fortis], f or

tu ne ,whether good or bad . l’ erson ified

the goddess Fortune.

fortun e-

in tu s ,ta, tum , adj.

to make fort unate happy, lucky , fortu na te. As subst. : fortfi n é -tu s , i . m . :

a happy orfortun ate person .

févé o , fbvi , totum ,fever-e, 2, v. a. : to

cherish, f oster ; to clasp i n warm em

brace, etc. ; to enfold wa rmly i n thebosom

, etc. Mentally, wi th objectiveclause to heri sh a design, f oster a howor an intention .

frag -or, Gri s, m [ frango, to break ,

through root FRAG], a, cru shi ng, as whensomething is broken to pieces ; a crash ;the d i n or roar of the ocean.

frag -ro , ravi , ratum , rare , 1 , v. a . : to

em i t a smel l, whether good or bad to be

frag : ant.

frango , fregi , fractum , frangere, 3, v.

a. : to break . dash to p i eces [ak in to Gr.

Myw n t , and root FRAG,

to break”

1.

frater, tris, m . : a brother.

frém -O ,i i i

,i tum

, ere, 3, V. n . : toto murmur ; make a low

,murmu ri ng

sou n d,whether i n approval or otherwise

[ root BIIRAM,

“to sound cp. Bpépiw

fré n o avi , atum , are, 1 , v. a, [ fl-( m.

um ,

“a brid le to curb, hold i n check ;

to govern , restrai n .

fré qu ens , ntis, adj. root u s e,

“ tocram ; cp. i arcio]. Of persons . i n greatnumbers, numerous

fré tum ,i , n . : a stra i t, frith the sea

fri g-u s ,

bris, n . [ frig-cc,“to be cold ” 1

cold ; a cold shu dder produced by fearffroot wa s ,

“to shudder cp. piyo ;

fron d -eu s , éa, 611111,

adj. [ frons,frond- is, a leaf

”

J, leafy.

fro ns ,f i ont- is. f. the f ore port or

fron t o f am th ing [ 1 oot BHUR, “to move

qu ickly ;’

cp . fure1 e,fervere : o -¢ pu9 ,

gé v'

pew : Eng. brow,brew].

fru’

stra ,adv. [ ak in to fraudo], i n vai n

,

to no p un. u se .

fru stum 1 n . : a p i ece, bi t, of food .

f1‘11X1

,f1 1

'

1 fg i s (most ly plur: f. [ forfr. f1 . . , i 11 ctymo .o ica l meani ng of “

to

eat t

o

l

l

n ough m o t FRUG], f ru i ts of theea rth, corn , gra i n

a drone.

ru g -a , se, t. [ i ng-10,

“ to a

fieei ng, j l fght.

ffi g i o . ff1e1, f gi ,tum f1 gere, 3, v. n .

and a . Kent :

“

to flee, take to fl i /ht.Act. : to flee from to escape by fl ight[ l

'

oo b BU N -i i“to bend or turn ; ( p.

dsevyetv' fl lg

'

a l c ].

VOCAB ULARY .

ffi g -O . li vi , atum, are , I , v. a . [ i ng-a,

fl ight to ca us e to flee : to p ut toflight to dri ve or cha se "wh y.

fu l -m en , m in is, n, [ for fnlgmen ; fr.

fu lg- éo

,to flash ; see flagro J, a l ight.

n i ng flash, a thunderbolt.fu lvu s , a. um, adj. [ root BHARO , to

sh i ne ; cp. (t he-yew , 4>A6§ ; fu lgeo, fu l, fl =fl.

v dd'

h l lgur amma ( 151m» re i s ye ow,

fi nal -e , is,to a cord or

torch.

fu n d é -men tum ,menti , n .-o,

to found a f oundation .

fu nd 0 , f1'

1di,fusum fundére, 3, v. a

to pou r out. O f several persons. pass . i n

reflex ive force to spread abroad , scatterthemselves [ root 6 8 0

,

“to scatter ; cp.

xéw, xuo'tq : fOIJS].

ffi n u s , eris. n . : death [ root BHA, to

ki l l cp . (pol/ 09 ,

fur -i ac ,larum (rare in si ng ) , f. plur.

[ fur-o,“to rage rage, fu ry, violent

passion , madness.

ffi r-o ,i i i , no sup . ,

ere , 3, v. n . : to rage,ra ve, be out of one

’

s m i nd , whether fromanger or love [ see i rons].

far-or. O l'

IS , m . [ far-o, to rag e J,rage, f ury,

angry passi on ,etc. Rage, as

a deity, the compan ion of Mars .

G .

gal-ea ,

eae, f. : a helmet, head-

piece

[ root RAD, to hi de see cella].

gau d é o , gari sns sum , gandere, 2 , v.

n. sem i -d ep. : to rejoi ce , delight [ root GAU,to rejo ice cp . ynd éw].

to re

wealth,original ly a Persian

word ].gé

-m i n u s ,m ina

,m i num , ad j. [ prob.

for gen-m inus, fr. gen

-o ,

“to bring

forth”

ru i n -born , twin ; double , two.

.gem - i tu s ,i tfis , m . [gem -o, to

groan a groan , groan ing cry of pai nor sorrow.

gem -m a , mac, f [ for gen-ma ; fr.

gen-o ,

“to bear a Jewel , Jeni .

gem -o ,i i i , i tum ,

‘

ere,3, v

, a. : to

mourn lament, bewa i l , bemoan .

gé n-i tor . i toris, m [gen-o (old form

of gigno ) , to a father [ root

GEN,

“to beget cp. yévos, yiyuoua t

genus ; Eng. k i n].

g é n -i’

trix . ltricis, t. [ gen -o, old formo f gigno ) , to bring forth a mother.

g en-s . tis, f. [ gen-o, to Of

persons : a nation ; a mun try, region .

g é nu , us . n . : a kne e [ root on ,

“ to

bend cp. yovv, yéuvq : genae ].

gen -u s ,éris, n . [ ak in to gen-s], bi rth,

desce nt,

or igi n , O f persons, etc. : a

race.

germ é n -a , as , f. [ german-us,“ full,

own ,

”as appli ed to brothers and sisters ;

root Gert,

"to a full si ster, i -e . ,

from the same father and mother.

germ é n -u s ,i, [ id ], a fu ll brother,

i .e. , from the same father and mother.

gé ro , gess i , gestum, gérére, 3, v. a

to bear, wear . O f war : to carry on,

wage.

gesto . tavi . tatum, tare, 2,v. a.

intens. [ for get -to ; fr. ger-o to carry ;

to have.

gi gn o (old form gé n o ) , génfi i , gen]tum , giguere , 3, v . a. : to bri ng f orth,bear, gi ve bi rth to. Wits. abl . of“origin : sprang from .

g laeba ,ae, f. [ cp. globus ; Eng. clod] ,

the soi l,land .

g lém é r-O , avi , atum . are, 1 , v. a.

IgIOmus, glbm ér-is,

“a ball of yarn], to

assemble ormass together ; to f orm i nto

a compact body.

gré d i or, gressus sum , grad i , 3, v.

dep . : to step ,wa lk.

grad-u s ,

u s,In . [ grad -i or, to step 1.

Plu r. : the steps of a bu i ld ing.

gran d -aev-u s ,a, um, adj. [grand-is

,

great ; aev-um,

“age

" j, of great age,aged.grétt

-es (u sual ly found only in the

nom . and acc. the abl. gratibus is foundi n Tacitu s) , f. plur. [gri t-or,

“to mani fest

joy root GRA,“ to be glad cp. xa tpm

O . H. German grierig], thanks.

grav -i s , e ,.

adj. : heavy, ponderous ,

pregnant, W i th respect to character

of wet /ht, or authori ty ; grievous [ ak into Bap

g ravi ter, ad v. [ grav-is,“heavy

vehemently, strongly, vio lently.

grém i’

um ,11,n . : the lap , bosom .

gre s-su s ,

sfi s, m . [ for grad-eu s tr.

grad - ior, to step” J , a stepp ing,

step .

ff. gu rges itis m . a whirlpool an

tddying stream.

’

Aw"s t-o ,

avi,atum , are . 1 , v. a. [gustus,

“a tasti ng cp. yevw, yaan jp], to taste.

VOCABULARY .

i -gn avu s . ani va , gnzi vum , adj. [ form -

gnavu s ; fr. in ,

“not gnavus .

“

busy,

i nactive, lazy,slothf u l , i n

dolent.

ign is ,i s, m . : fire ; lightn ing ; flame

of love .

i -gn é bi l is , gn'

i le,adj. [ for in -

gno

bil ls ; fr. i n ,

“

no . ; gnobl l i s

wel l known low, base -born,ign oble.

i gné tu s ,.gh ota , gnotum . adj. [ for

in -

gnOtus : fr. 111,

“not ;

known not known ,u n /m own .

i I-le ,la ,

lud (gen . i ll i us, but, at v. 16 ,i ll i ns ; dat. i ll i ) , de ni onstr. pron . [ fori s-le ; fr. is] . tha t person or th ing. As

subst.,of both numbers and all genders :

that p erson or th ing ; he ,she

,i t. With

accessory notion of reputation , etc. that

well ~k nown, thatfamou s orf amed .

i l l ic ,ad v. [ prom i lli c

,that i n that

p lace, there.

i l -l i d o , l i si , l isum , l idere ,3,v. a. [ for

in laed o fr. in ,upon laedo

,to

stri ke or dash to strike or dash up on

or aga i nst.

im -étgo , agi n i s. f. form , appearance ,i mage, an appari t i on , phantom [ root 1N ,

ak in to p i n to

im ber, brie, m a heavy ra i n ; at

pett i ng] shower or storm ; water ; sea

w ( ter ; sea [ aki n to énfipos].

im -m fi -n i s ,e, ad j. (

“not to be mea

su red ; hence) , vast, huge ; cruel , savage.Comp : imm i n i or [ for i h -man is ; fr i n ,

not root MA,

“to measure ; cp.

nérpou, nrjvn, modus,metior, metere,

n i ensis Eng. month].

im -m ineo , no pert. nor sup . ,m i nere ,

2 ,v. n . [ for in

-minéo ; fr. in ,

“

over

mot MIN , to project ; cp . m inae , mons],to overhang, hang overhead .

im -m i t i s , mi te jad j. [ for ia -m i tis ; fr.

in ,

“not ; mi ti s,

‘mild” J . Of persons :

cruel , fi erce, i nexorable.

imm o ,ad

_v. : yes i ndeed by a ll

means, n ay immo, age, nay,

come .

im -m é tu s ,mota ,

motum adj. [ fori h -motus ; fr. i n ,

“not ; motus,

Of the fates : unchanged ,

u nchangeable.

im -

p ar, gen . im -

paris, ad j. [ for 111 -

par ;

fr. in ,

“not ; par, equal not equa l,

u nequa l .

im -

p ell o . pull , pulsum , pell ére, 3. v.

a. [ tor in -

pello ; fr. in ,

“agai nst ; pello ,

0 drive to drive, thr ust,or p u sh

someth ing agai nst an object ; to i nci te,urge, impel. Wi th inf . : to f orce on ,

cozap el to do.

im p é r-,1um ii

,11 [ imper-o ,

“to com

maml” J , a command

,order ; dom i n i on,

sovereign ty rea lm , emp i re.

im -p 1ger p igra, p'

,gruni adj. [ for 111plger ; fr. in

,not ; piger,

‘indolent ’qu ick.

im p i u s , pia, p i a, plum , adj. [ for i n ’

p i us ; fr. i n ,

“not pius,

“ holy"

l,u nholy, wicked , imp ious .

im -

p l é o , plevi , pletum , plére , 2 , v. a .

[ for i i i -pléo ; fr. i n, in“augmen tative

”

force : pléo, to fi ll W i th abl . tofi l lup ,

make qu i te f u ll fl i t. Pass. in te

flex ive force, wi th gen : to fi l l one’

s, etc

self , i . e. , to sati sfy or rega le one'

s, etc.,

self wi th somethi ng to satisfy orgratifysome feeli ng.

im p h oo ,i i i

, i tum ( also avi,atum ) ,

are , l , v. a . [ for in ,

“ in ; pl ico ,

“to

fold to enf old, in volve, wrap .

im -

p é n o , poshi , posi tum , ponere , 3,v. a . [ for in -

pGn0 ; fr. in ,

“u pon pono

“to to p u t or p

'ace something

up on an object.im -

provi su s . provisa, provisum , adj.[ for ia -

pré vi sus ; fr. in,

“not provi sus,

foreseen J, u nexpected .

im u s , a, um ,sup. ad j : lowest, deep

est ; where a thmg i s lowest , i e ,the

lowest part, or bottom of that which isrep i esented by the subst. to which i t i s inatt1 ihu tion . Poss inférnus ; comp. :

in ferior.

in , prep. gov. abl . or W i th ab]

i n , wi thin ; i n the case of , wi th respect

to. With acc. : i nto, wi th in ; towards ;up on ; agai nst ; f or ; among.

i n fi n i s , e, adj. : emp ty, in the fu llest

sense of the word.in -cau tu s , cau ta , cautu in , adj. [ innot cau tu s, i ncau tious

heedless, ojj'

one’s gu ard.

i n -cé do ,cessi , cessum cedere, 3, v.

11 . [ i a ,

“ in ; ccdo, to go to proceed,advance, wa lk

,etc. Wi th accessory

noti on of dign ity towalk majesti c.

i n cend -i u rn,Ii,

n . [ incend—o,

“to

bu rn” J, a burn i ng, conflagra ti on .

i n -cen -d o,di , sum, dere , _s, v. a. to

set o n fi re, burn . Of lamps, etc. : to

li ght. P. pe i t. pass. : li ghted, bu rn ing ;to i nflame wi th any emotion , esp . love

[ root CAN,akin to xai w

,

“to burn

” J .i n cep ”tum ti , n . [ for incaptum ; fr.

incipio ,

“to begin,

”in,

wi thout fo1ce ;capio,

“to take or a des ign ,

p u rp ose, etc.

inceS -su s ,sfi s, m. [ for inced -sus : fr.

laced-o, to walk wal k, ga i t.

VOCABULARY.

ln -ci p i o ,cepi , ceptum, clpere ,

3, v. a.

[ for i a -capio ; fr. in . in capi o, to

take"

1, to begi n , commence.

in -cogn i tu s ,cogn ita,

cogni tum ,

[ l n, not cogni tus,“ known un

known,not known.

ln -concessu s ,concessa

,concessum ,

adj. (In,

“not con -cessus

,

unlawful , f orbi dden .

incré p -i to , Itavi , i tatum , i tare. 1 , v.

n. i ntens. [ increp -o, to make a noiseto ca l l orcry out to one in an encourag ingway, etc. to call upon ,

chal lenge.

in -cfi bo ,cabai

, chhi tam (rarely clibavi

, cubatum) , cabare , 1 , v. n . [ ln ,“upon ;

”cubo,

“to l ie down ”

1. Ofn ight, wi th dat. : to settle upon ,

hangover

, overhang.

i l l -cu ltu s ,cu lta , cu ltum , adj. [ ln,

not cu ltus, not cu lti

3, v. n . [ in, upon ; obsol . cumbo, tolie dogn

’

fl. Wi th dat. : Of the wi nds :to sett upon ; to fall M w h vi olentlyaw “ m “

in -cfi S -O ,avi , atum , are, 1 , v. a. [ for

incaus-o ; fr. in ,

“agai nst causa,

“a

judiclal process”

1, to blame, chide.

ln -cfi ti o , cussi,cussum, caters , 3, v.

a. [ for ia -

quatio ; fr. 111,

“against ;

”

quatio,“to shake hence, to strike

”

1.With ace . of thing and dat. of person to

strike i nto, to i nsp ire in one.

i -n -de , ad v. Of time f rom thattime , after that, afterwards [ pronomi nalroot 1 : n . epenthetic su ffi x de or

ecu,“ from

in -d i co , d ixi , d ictum ,d icere, 3, v. a.

[ in ,in augmentative

”force ; d lCO ,

“to

say hence to declare” J , to procla im,

announce, appoi nt.

ln -d ign or, d ignatus sum, di gn i ri , 1 ,v. dep . [ in ,

“not d ignor,

“to deem

worthy to be i ndignant or dz’

sda i nfu l.

ln -d fi o , d fl i , datum ,duere, 3, v. a

to pu t on , assume the appearance, etc. , ofanother

in -erm - i s,is , e. ad j. [ for i n-arm-us ;

fr. in ,

“not ; arm-a

,

"arms

”

l, wi thou tarms orweapons unarmed .

ln -fan d u s , fanda, fandum, ad j. [ i h ,not fandus ,

“to b ken un

speFkable,m uttez:able, abomi nable. InncTn

’

neu ter sing , as an exclamation 0 !horrible or dreadfu l thing ; 0 1 horror !or

,adverbially, horri bly !in -fé l ix ,

feli cis, :zdj. [ in ,not felix

,

happy”

1, u nhappy ,m i serable.

9

i n -fé ro .i n-tOli , i l -latum, ln-ferre

,3, v.

a . [ in ,

“ into ; fero,

“to bear or bri ng

i nto a place. Wi th personal prom : tobetake one

’

s, etc. , self ; to go, walk, prooecd.

in f igo . fixi , fixum , figere, 3, v. a. [ in,into figo,

“ to to impale, ordri ve i nto.

ln -g'ém ino , geminavi , gémlnatum,

géminare, 1 , v. n . [ ia , in“augmentative

”

force ; gemino,“ to double to be re

doubled . to i ncrease.

in -gém o , gem i'

n'

, gémltum, gemere,3, v. n . [ in ,

without force gemo, toto lament.

111 -

gens , gentis, adj. [ in,“not ; gens,

a race, or hu ge, vast, immense.

i n -hfima-tu s , ta, tum, adj. [ ih ,

not hum (a ) -o , to bury u nbu ried.

i n im i cu s , im i ca, im i cum , adj. [ forinam icus ' fr. i n ,

“not amicus ,

“friendly u nfri endly, hosti le. Of

things hurtfu l, i njurious, destructi ve.

i n -i qu u s , i qua, i quum , adj. [ for Inaequ u s ft . in

,

“not aequus,

“favour

able unfavourable, adverse, hosti le.

i njfi ri -a , ae, f. [ in ,

“not ;

”

jus,right i nj ury, wrong.

in -

p i’

ger, pigra, pigram , adj. [ i h ,not ; p iger, 1ndolent

” J, qu i ck, active.

in gu em or i n qu i o ,v. defeat : to

say.

i n -ri go , rigz‘

w i , rigatum rlgare, 1 . v.

n. [ i a ,

“ without force ; rigo,“ to

mois ten to bedew.

i h -sci -u s ,a, um, adj. [ i n,

"not ;

"

sci -o,

“to not knowing, un

awares

in -scri bo ,scripsi , scri ptum, scribére,

3, v. a . [ i h , upon set i bo,“to write

to make marks up on , mark.

i n—sé qu or, sequutus sum, sequi , 8, v.

dep. [ in ,

"after, close upon sequor,

“to fol low to follow af ter, pursue.

In order or succession to succeed,f ollow.

in —s i d o . sed i , sessum, si dere, 2, v. n.

[ for i h -sedco fr. In, upon ; sédéo,“to

to si t down upon , settle upon .

in s i d -

‘

fae , iamm, f. plur. [ insldéo,“to

take up a. position in a place artifice,p lot, snare.

i n -s i gn -i s , e, adj. [ in. upon signum , a mark remarkable

, distingu i shed.

in -sp iro h sp iravi , spi ratum, spi rare, l ,v. a. [ in ,

“i nto spiro,

“

to breathe"

1.O f a passion . emotion

, etc. : to i nspire,produce, exci te, kindle.

130

ln -sto ,eti ti stfi tum ,

stare. l , v. n. [ Inetc,

“to stand 1 ( In ,

“on or upon

" J , topress onwards orhard .

ln -struo , struxi , structum , struere,3, v. a. [ ia,

“ wi thou t force ; struo,“ to bu i ld

"

J. O f a house : to furnish,fi t up .

ln -sfi l -a" se,f. [ for ln-sal-a ; fr. in.

in ; sel l -um, the sea”

1, an i sland .

ln -S fi p er, ad v. [ ln ,

“on or upon ;

super, above"

1, on the top , above, over

head.

in -tac-tu s ,ta, tum, adj. [ for in -tag

tu s ; fr. in,

“not ; tango ,

“to touch

through root n o], pu re, chaste .

in ten -to , tz‘

i vi , tatum,ta re, 1 . v. a.

intens. (for intend -to ; fr. intend-o ,

“to

stretch out ag ainst”in a hosti le manner],

to threa ten , menace.

inter, prep. gov. acc. : between .

time : duri ng, i n the course of amo ng,amidst, i n the mi dst of .

in ter-d um adv. [ prob. inter, at

intervals of dum, contr,fr. d ium, old

ace. of di es ; see diu ], occasionally, some ~

in té r-é é , adv. [ for intEH‘

éam fr.

inter,“ between éam , ace. sing. fem .

of is]. Of time : meanwhi le, in the

mean time.

( inter-for) , fatu s sum , fari , 1 , v. dep.

(inter,“ duri ng ( for) ,

“ to speak to

break i n upon,or i nterrup t, the conver

sati on,etc.

in té r-i or,lus, comp. adj. [ obsol .

inter-us ,i nner

,i nterior ; the

i nner part of that denoted by the subst.to which it is in attri buti on. Sup. :

intimus.

intimus , a, um , sup. adj. : i nnermost ;the i nnermost part of that denoted bythe subst. to whi ch i t is i n attribution.

ln -tono , tenui , no supine, tonare,v. n . [ i h , wi thou t force tono

'

,

thunder to thund er.Q

in tré , prep. W ith acc . : withi n .

in -tracté bfl i S , tractablle, ad j. [ In ,“not tractabil is,

“to be

i ndom i table, u nconquerable, not to besubdued.

in trO-

gré d ior, gressus sum, grédj , 3,v.

o

dep. [ for i ntro-

gradi or ; fr. i ntro ," W1thin grad ior,

“to to step

wi thi n to e nter.

i n tus , adv. : wi thin , i n the inside or

i nterior [ aki n to Gr.

in -vé ho .vexi , vectum,

véhére, 3, v.

s .

.

[ ln,“11130" veho.

“to carry

”

J, tonde on orupon ; to be carri ed upon.

VOCAB ULARY.

J .

jé -cé o , cui , ci tum, cere, 2, v. 11 . Of

persons : to lie dead . orplaces : to liebeneath or below.

ti re, I v. a. intens.throwi ng or

tossi ng ; to toss to and fro , to dri vehi ther and thi ther. O f words , etc. : to

i nvi -su s ,so

,sum , ad j. ifor invldu s ;

fr. invld -eo , to hate hated , ha teful .ln -vi -u s . a, um , adj. [ ih , not vi -a,a way that afi

'

ords n oway ; impassable, i mpenetrable.

i -p sa , psa, peum (gen. i psius— at v. 1 14

ipslus ; ( lat. ipsi ) , pron. dem. [ for is ' se

fr. is ; su ffix pse], sel f ; very. As su st.

of all persons and both numbers : I , etcmyself;

ira,ae , f. : anger, wrath, rage. Plur.

angry passi ons ,wrathful feeli ngs, emo

ti ons of rage.

i r-rigo , rigavi , rlgatum, rlgare, 1 , v.

a. [ same as inrigo].

i -s , éa, i d (gen . ejue ; pron.

dem. : this, tha t person or thi ng. As

subst. , of both numbers and all gendersthe p erson or thing justmen ti oned ; he ,she , i t. =tal is : of such a ki nd ornatm e

such [ akin to pronominal root

i -ter,tinéri s, n . [ éo,

“ to go, throughroot a way, road ; a journey,

t one’

s etc.,

self i n a proud and haughtymanner ; tohehave haughti ly.

j é cfi l or, atus sum, ari , 1 , v. dep.

[ jacul-um , a to hurl,cas t,

lau nch.

jam , adv. (prob.=eam , acc. sing. fem.

of is,“this, that

”

1, at this time,now

jam . . jam ,at thi s time . .at that time ‘

at one time . . at another time nown ow at that time, then . Stren thenedby tum : at that very time, even t n.

jam -dfi dum , ad v. ham, now ;dndum ,

“not long si nce 1, now at once,

i nstantly, f orthwi th.

jam -

pri d em , adv. [ jam pridem,“ long ago long ago, long smee, j or a

long time past.

j i’

l b é o , jussi , jussum, jfibére, 2, v. a.

to order, command , bi d .

jfi di c-i nm , i i , n . Ijfidic-o,“ to

a sentence or deci sion of a judge ; a

j fi g -o ,avi

,atum,

are, 1 , v. a. [ jug -um ,

a yoke” J. to join orgive i n ma rriage

VOCABULARY .

lo n g-é , adv. [ long-us ,

“ long I, a longway by; af ar ofl

'

; i . e . ,to a d is ta nce ; at

a d i stance.

long -u s a , um , adj. long,i n the

fu l lest sense of the word .

l é q u -or. fi tus sum 1 3, v. dep. : to

sp eak.

lé -rum ,ri , n . Plur. : the reins of

horses.

lu C -tor, tatus sum,tari

,1 , v. dep. to

struggle

hi e -u s , i , m a wood or grove in

genera l .

l fi d o , lfisi , lusum , l i‘

idore, 3, v. a. and

n. [ ludus, Act. : to make sport

of,i .e .

, tomock, dece i ve. Neu t. : to play,

sport.

111 -m en ,m i n is, n . for lu omen fr.

lfic-éo, to shine l ig t an eye.

lfi -n a ,nae , f. [ for luc-na ; fr. lfic-éo,

to shi ne"

J, themoon .

lfi n é -tu s .ta, tum ,

adj. [ i un(a) -o ,to

bend like a half-moon or crescent half:noon shap ed , crescen t shap ed.

111 0 ,lni , l fi ltum or lutum ,

M ine ,3,v.

a . Of pun ishment, etc. to pay, saf erto atone for, exp i ate, d f au lt, etc.

hi p -a ,ae, f . : a she-wolf [ like Gr. hv

'

x

os, ak in to Sans. LUP=Lat. RUP, “to break

or tear”

1.

ln str-o , avi , atum ,are, 1 , v. a . [ lustr

um,

“an expiatory offering to revi ew,

search, traverse.

ln -strum ,stri , n. [ In-o ,

“to wash ou t

or a space of fi ve years, a

lustrum.

lu x ,luci s, f. [ for luc-s ; fr. luc-éo, to

sh ine light, dawn .

l uX -u s , fi s, m . [ lax-u s,“ d islocated

In a good sense : sp lendour, magn ifi007206 .

lychn u s , i , m . : a light, lamp, torch

[ root LUC, to shine cp. lux].

lymph a ,se, f. : water [ Vuucbn].

lyn x , cis, comm. gen . : a lynx

M .

m é cfi l -é su s ,6 5a, osum ,

adj. [machl sa“a spot or blem ish hence,

“a spot or

mark”

on the sk in , eta ], f u l l of spots,

spotted , dapp led .

m aeren s part. pres. ofmaeres.

m aer-é o ,ere : to be sad.

m ae S t -u s . a, um ,adj . : sad.

m ég é l i a ,i um ,

n . plum: l i ttle dwelli ngs, huts, etc. [ sa id to be a Pu n ic

word ].

m ag -i s , comp. ad v. [ ak in to magnus],more.

mag -i ster,istri , m . [ root MAG ; cf.

magh us]. O f a vessel the steersman .

mo

é g i str-abu s , atfi s, m . [mag ister,magnstr

- i j, u m gist-

rate.

m agn -an im -u s , a,um , adj. [magh

us,“

g reat ; an imu s,“sou l great

sou led, magn an imous .

m ag-n u s ,

na,n um

, adj. : great, i .s . ,

l we, spaci ous , m ighty. O f sound : loud ,n umerou s , noble. O f ) ersons, with re

spect to age : advanced. Comp : majormag l or) . Sup . : maxim us mag

simus i [ root MAG, ak i n to Gr. Méy

-O S ,

Sans. m ah-a,

"

great .

"fr. root MA"

(origina l ly to be great ; to be

powerfu l

m i l -a s ,a,um,

adj. : bad of i ts k ind ;i njurious, hurtfu l ; w eked ; evi l ; u n

f ortunate. As subst. : malum ,i,n . : un

evi l, m i sfortune . Comp : pojot ; suppessim us [ ak i n to Gr. pl éAa s. black

”

1.

m amma , ae ,f. : a breast.

man -é o . si , sum,ere, 2, v. n. : to re

mai n, continue [ p. éV-w].m an -té le ,

telis, n . [man-us, thehand "

1. a napkin , towel .

ma-n u s , 11 113,f. : a ha nd ; handy

work, worlmwnshi p,

work [ ak in to‘

root

MA,

to measure see imman is],

mar-e ,is, n . : the sea [ root MAR,

“to

d ie,

"

i .e. , that which k i lls ; cp. mors ,

morior : Mop1 69=8p07 69 ; also cp. Sans.

maru ; Slav. more : Celtic mor ; Li th.

marios, mares ; Goth. marei ; Ir. mu ir ;al l meaning

“sea.

”O thers say the rt.

MAR , means“bright ; cp. p app a ipw,

marmor].

m ater,tri s

,f. O f persons : a mother.

O f an imals : a dam [ ak in to Gr. p fi-‘rnp ;fr. a root MA , i n mean i ng of “

to produce and so the producerm é tfir-o atum ,

are, l , v. a . [matfi pu s, i n mean i ng of to hasten

,

S peed .

m é d -i bor, i tatus sum , iti ri , 1 , v. depto th in k or reflect upon ; to muse or

med i tate abou t [ ak i n to u e’

S-oaa t ," to

care for

m é d -i u s . ia . lum , adj. : m i dd le. mid(where a person or

'

th ing is i n the m idd le ;the m idd le

,or me

’dsi of that denoted by the subst. to wh ich i t is inattribu tion [ cp. u éo os, usmryv

'

s : d im id—ins].

m e l , mel lis, n . : lconcy [ ak in to u éhc].

m em brum , i , n a limb, member

[ for memrnm,root MAR ,

“to d i vide ; ”

cp. nepigw].

VOCABULARY.

Cmé -mi

'

n -i , isse, v. defect. [ for menmen- i ; reduplicated fr. root MEN ; see

mens], to bear i n mi nd ; to remember,reco l lect.

mém or, ori s, adj. Wi th mi nd

fu l of, rememberi ng. Of anger : unf orgetti ng, vi nd i ctive.

m ém ér-o , avi , atum, are, 1 , v. a. and

n . [ mémor, Act. : to relate,declare. With double acc. : to ca l l an

object somethi ng. Neu t. : to speak, say,declare , etc.

m en -s ,tis, f. : them i nd , as being the

seat of thought ; noti on , i dea ,thought ;

disposi ti on , j eeli ngs [ Lat. root MEN ; fr.

root MAN,"to think cf. , also, Gr.

név-os].

m en -8a , se, f. [mcl ion“ to measure ,

through root u s e, fou nd in part perf.

men-eus], a table ; f ood ; d ishes ; an

entertai nme nt, etc.

men -s i s , sis, m. [ root MEN ; whencemen-sue, p. pert. of meti or,

“to mea

sure a month, as a measure of time.

mere -ornstus sum ,

ari , 1 , v. dep.

[merx, mere- i s,“ merchand i ze J, to buy,

purchase.

m ér-i tum , i ti , n, [mer-eo, to

deserve a servi ce,ki ndness, benefi t ;

desert, meri ts.

m é r-um , i ,-as,

“

pure Pu re

wine ; i .e. ,not mi xed Wi th water.

re 1,

turn ,m éthére

,3,

v. a. [metus (u ncontr. gem ) , meta- is,

tofear,dread

,be afrai d of.

metu s ,us

, (old dat. metu , m

fear, dread.

m é -u s ,a, um , pron . poss. [me], of or

belonging to me my, m i ne.

m ic-o ,ii i , no sup .

,are, I , v. n . : to

a Bra /ale.

m i l l -e , num. adj. indecl . : a thou sand

[ akin to Gr. xiA- tm ].

m i'

n -i ster, istri , m . [m . referred to

m i n-no, to lessen .

”and so

"an in .

tariot”

[ or to man -u s, a hand , and so

one at hand, an root MIN,

“ to lessen cp. pwoew, ueiwu : minor],a servant, attendant.

m in i str-o,avi , atum, are, 1 , v. a .

[mlni ster,mi ni str- i , a servant topro

vid e, furn i sh, s upp ly.

m inor,atus sum , ari , 1 , v. dep. : to

jutforwards, proj ect.

mi n or, us, comp. adj. : see parvus.

m in -u s , comp. adv. [ adverbial neut.

ofmin-or, less”

1, i n a less degree, less

nec m inus (and no less, and in li kemanner

, l ikewi se.

m irérbi l i s , bil e, adj. [mi r(a) -or, towonder that may or can be wondered at wonderfu l , marvellous.

mi ra -n d u s , nda, ndum, adj. [mir(a)or,

“to wonder wonderfu l, marvel

lous, extraordi nary.

m i r-or, ratus sum, rari , 1 , v. dep. : towonder, ormarvel at to admi re

, regardwith admirati on [ ak in to Sans. root SMI,to smi le

"

1.

mi ru s , a, um, adj. [mir-or,“ to won

wonderfu l .m i scé o , mi scii i , m istum

.

or mixtum,

m isccre, 2, v. a. : to mix ormi ngle.Wi th

abl . : to m i ngle wi th or amongst p ersons,etc to throw i nto conf usi on , di sturb ; tostir up ,

exci te, rouse [ ak in to Gr. “ (fay-w

,

uty-vvu t,

"to

mi'

s -ar, era, erum , adj . [ prob. ak i n tomaer-éo

, to be sad maes-tus, sadwretched

,m i serable. As subst. : m i ser,

eri,m . : a wretched one, a p oor wretch.

m i s éré -bi l i s , b i le, adj. [m iser(a) -or,to pi ty worthy or deserving of p i ty ;

pi ti able.

m i sé r-or, atus sum, ari , 1 , v. dep.

[m iser, wretched to p i ty.

m i t-esco , no pert. nor sup ., escére, 3,

v. n . [m i t-i s, In character,etc. : to become gentle or sof tened.m i tto , mi si , missum , mittere, 8, v

to send . O f fear, etc. : to d ismi ss, get rid

of , cast of .

m é do , adv. : only, merely. With im.

perat. : gust, now.

m d -d u s , di , m . : a manner, method,way, etc. [ prob. ak in to root MA

,

“to

measure whence also Lat. me-tior, to

measu re Gr. pté-‘rpov, a measure

m oen -i a . i um , n . plur. : wa lls, fortificati ons, ramparts, of a ci ty ; a walledtown a ci ty enclosed by fortifi cations[ root MUN ,

“ to ward off cp . Gr. sp a -w,

an immense structureldi ngs ; labour, truble.

m é l -i or, i tus sum, h i

, 2 $2335

"

[moi -es,“

power, m1ght"

J, to undertake,set about, betake one

’

s self to ; to bu i ld,erect

,construct ; to make

, cause, occa~

si on .

m oa

n-l o , ivi and u, i tum, i re, 4, v. a.

[mon-i s , tomoll ify,p acify, softensoothe.

m o l l i s , e, adj.) soft [ root MAL, “to

gri nd ;

’cp . aaAaKog, uaAai cm ew : malva

,lm én -i l e i l ls n . : a jewelled orname t

for the neck’

; ahecklace.n

1 34 VOCABULARY.

m on -s , tis , m . [ for m in-s ; fr. m i n -Go

to project ”1, a mou nta i n. O f the sea

a toweri ng mass .

m on str-o ,:‘

wi , atum , are , l , v. a.

[monstr-um ,

“that which to

show, po int ou t.

m é ra , se, f. : delay.

mOr-or, intus sum, fi ri , 1 , v. dep.

[mor-a], to delay, deta in .

m or-s ,tis

,f. [ a r dea th.

m or-su s ,s its, [ for mord -su s ; fr.

mordC-o ,to bi te O f an anchor : a

flu ke.

m orté l i s . ale, ad j. [mors, mort-is],subject to death, morta l of or belong ingto men .

m -é s , Gris, m . [ prob. for me »os ; fr.

me-o to go”

I, usage, custom, a law.

m ové o ,movi , motum,

movere, 2, v.

a . Mentally : to shake, toss abou t. agi

tate ; to move, i nfluence, dj eol ; to tell ,reveal

m u lcé o , mu lsi , mu lsum or mu lctum,

mu lcere , 2, v. a. : to soothe, pacify,allay,

sof ten ,app ease.

m u l tu m , adv. [ ad verbial neut. of

mu l ls-us,much

" J , m uch, greatly.

m u l otu s,ta, tum , ad j. S ing. : much .

S ing : ma ny a . Plur. : many. Comp

plus ; sup . , plfi rlmus [ perhaps ak in to

wok -13;

m im -i o ,i vi or i i , i tum,

i re, 4, v. a.

[ see moen ia], to rea l /“ fortify.

m fin u s , (Eris , n . : a gift, present.

mu rm u r, (i ris, n . [ prob. the natura l

sound mur], a low m uttering sou nd ; a

murmu r ; a roari ng sound, a roar.

m fi r’ u s ,i , m . : lhe wa l l of a city [ akin

to root MUR ,

“ to encircle

M fi sa , se, f . : a Mu se , The Muse

whom Virgi l i nvokes at v. 8 is Cal l iope,the Muse of Ep ic Poetry [ root MON, to

advise p ofia a z p é u-a a moneo].

m i l -to , tavi , tatum , tare , 1 , v. a.

freq. [ formov-to ; fr. movéo ,

“to move

to cha nge, alter. W i th personal pron . i n

reflex ive force : to change one’

s self ; tochange one

’

s mi nd ; to a lter i n feel ing ,

etc .

n am . conj . : f or.

mam -

q u e , conj . [ nam,

“ for ; suffix

mw l fln .

n é -soor, (old form gn a- l , tus sum,

sci , 3, v. dep. : to be born. W ith abl . of

origin : to be born of or from [ root oNA,

ano ther form of root yen) , cp .

gens, gigno].

ri ft -te,,tae, f. [ na-scor

,to be born ,

‘

she that is born"

1, a daughter.

n é -tu s ,ti

,m . [ id .1 (

" he that is bornhence) , a son .

n é v -i go . leavi , lgfitnm , lgare , v. a.

[ nav- is, a ship to sa i l over, navigate.

Davi s ,is

,f. a ship ,

vessel [ root EA,to swim cp . m ils, nare. ]n é ,

conj . : that not, lest.n é , encl itic and i nterrogative particle

i n d irect questions with verb in ind ie. itthrows force and emphasis on the wordto wh ich i t is attached , pointing it out asthe pri ncipal one i n the clause or sen

tence ; i n th is force i t has no English

equ ivalent. In i nd irect questions wi thsubj . : whether — ne ne, whetherorwhether.

n ébfi la , ae,f. : a m i st, vapour [ root

NOB , to cover ; cp. védms‘

,nubes.

n ec, n ecd um ; see neque.

h een on ; see nequ e.

n ectar, ari s, n. : nectar. the drink of

the gods ; at v. 433 appli ed to honey as

being someth ing exqu isitely del icious (NE,

not HTAN , “to ki ll as conferring

immortal ity].

n ecto , nexfi i , nexum ,nectére, 3, v. s..

to bi nd to joi n , tie , or fasten together.

n é -fa -n d u s ,nda, ndum, adj. [ne,

not“to speak of impious,

execrable. As subst. : n é -fan d um ,i ,

n . : impi ety, wickedness.

n ém -u s , bris, n . : f eedi ng- land amongstwoods ; a wood wi th op en glades a

rove [ root NEM, to feed i .e. , the feedmg

-

ground cv. vop ég, véuew].

n é -qu e (conti . n ee ) , adv. end con j .[ ne,

“not qu e and

” J . Adv. : not.

Conj .: and not,also not, nei therz—neque

(ncc) ,nec durn (also wri tten as one word, necd um ) , and not yet — nec non (also as one

word ,h eenon ) (and. not not, and

also, and bes ides, moreover, f u rther.

n é -qu eo , qu i vi or qu i i , qu i tum , qu ire,v. n . [ o s , not qu éo , to be able to

be unable .

n é vsci o ,scivi or sci i , scitum , scire, 4,

v. a. [ ne,“not scio ,

“ to

not to lay w to be i gnorant of, or unac

qua i n ted wi th .

n é S C i -a s ,a . um ,

adj. [ nescl -o, not

to know”I. Wi th gem : not knowing,

ignora nt of , u nacqu a lnted wi th .

me n see néve .

n é -ve (contracted neu ) , conj .: and

n ot, nor [ ne,“not ve

,and

"

j.

1 34 VOCABULAR Y .

mon -s , tis , m . [ for m in -s fr. mi n -co

to project ”1, a mou nta i n. O f the sea

a toweri ng muss

m on str-o ,atum , are, l , v. a.

[monstr-um ,

“that which to

show, po i nt ou t.

m é ra . ac, f. : delay.

m é r-O P , atus sum, ti ri , l , v. dep.

[mOr-a], to delay, deta in .

m or-s ,tis, f . [ i nbr-ior], death.

m or-su s ,s i l

o

s, m . [ for mord -su s ; fr.mord éo ,

to bi te O f an anchor : a

fluke.

m o rt-é l i s . ale ,a dj. [mors, mort- is],

subject to death, mortal of or belong ingto me n .

m —é s , Gris, m . [ prob. for me -os ; fr.

me -o , to go"

1, usage, custom ; a law.

m é vé o ,movi , motum,

mbvére, 2, v.

a. Mentally : to shake, toss about. agi

tate ; to move, i nfluence, afiect ; to tell ,reveal

m u lcé o , mu lsi , mu lsum or mu lctum,

mu lcere , 2, v. a. : to soothe, paci fy,a l lay,

sof ten . appease.

m u l t-um , adv. [ adverbial neut. of

n iu i t-us, much"

J, m uch, grea

'ly.

maul -tu s,ta, tum, ad j. S ing. : much .

Sing : ma ny a . P lu r. : many. Comp

plus ; sup . , plfi rlmu s [ perhaps ak in to

n ah-ifs

m fin -i o ,i vi or ii , i tum ,

i re, 4, V. a.

[ see moch ia], to wa l l , fortify.

m fi n u s , (iris , n . : a gift, prese nt.

m u rm u r,uris, n . lprob. the natural

sound mur], a low m u tteri ng sou nd ; a

murmur a roari ng sound, a roar.

m fi r-u s , i , m . : lhe wa ll of a city [ akinto root u se ,

“to encircle

M fi sa , se, f . : a Muse . The Mu sewhom Virgil i nvokes at v. 8 i s Cal liope,the Muse of Ep ic Poetry [ root MON,

“to

advi se novo a z név-a a moneo] .

m i l -to , tavi , tatum , tare 1 ,v. a.

freq . [ formov-to ; fr. movéo , to

to change, a lter. W i th personal pron . i n

reflex ive force : to change one’

s self ; tochange one

'

s mi nd ; to a lter i n feeli ng ,

etc .

n am . conj . : f or.

mam -qu e , conj . (mm ,

“ for ; suffix

qu e l f or.

n é -SC O I‘

, (old form gna- l , tus sum ,

sci , 3, v. dep . : to be born. With abl . of

origin : to be born of or from [ root GS A,

another form of root can ( : Gr. yew) , cp .

gens, gigno].

n é -ta ,tae

,t. [ na-scor

,

“to be horn ,

‘

she that is born"

1, a daughter.

xi ii —tu s ,ti , m . [ id . l (

" he that is bornhence) , a son .

nav -i go , lzz‘

i vi , lgatnm, igate, 1 , v. a.

[ nav- is, a sh ip"

1, to sa i l over, n avigate.

navi s , is, t. a ship , vessel [ root in ,

to swim cp. va ii q , nare . ]n é ,

conj . : that not, lest.n é , encl itic and interrogative particle

i n d irect questions with verb in ind ic. itthrows force and emphas is on the wordto which i t is attached , pointingr i t out asthe pri ncipal one in the clause or sen

tence ; i n this force i t has no English

equ ivalen t. In i nd irect questions wi thsubj . whether — ne ne, whetherorwhether.

n ébfi la , as,f. : a m ist, vapour [ root

NOB, to cover ; cp . vértos , nubes.

n ee , n ecdum see neque .

n ecn on see nequ e.

n ectar,Eris, n . : nectar. the drink of

the gods ; at v. 433 appl ied to honey as

bei ng someth ing exqu isi tely delicious [KB ,

“not «m s

,

“to ki ll as conferring

immorta lity].

n ecto , nexni , nexum ,nectére, 3, v. a.

to bi nd to joi n , tie , or fasten together.

n é - fa -n d u s ,nda, ndum , adj. [ na,

not t(a) -or, to speak of impious,execrable. As subst. : n é -fun d am . i,n. : imp iety, wickedness.

n ém -a s ,Gris,n . : f eedi ng-land amongst

woods ; a wood wi th Open glades ; a

one [ root m , to feed i .s. , the feed

n-

ground cp . voués, véuew].

n é -q u e (conti . nee ) , adv. :‘nd conj .

[me,“not qu e

“and

"Adm : not.

Conj . : and not,also not, nei therz— neque

(nee ) ,nec dum (also wri tten as one word, necd um) , and not yet — nec non (also as one

word ,h eenon ) (and not not, and

also, and bes i des, moreover, fu rther.n é -

qu é o , qu i vi or quj i , qu itum , qu ire,v. n . [ na, not queo, to be able

"

1, tobe unable.

n é -sci o ,scivi or sci i , sci tum , scire, 4,

v. a . [ ne,“not scio, to know "

1,not to kn w ; to be ignorant of, or unac

qua in ted wi th .

n é sci -u s ,a . um , adj . [ nesci -o, not

to know”I. Wi th gem : not knowing,

ignora nt of , u nacqua inted wi th .

11 6 11 see néve .

n é -ve (contracted neu ) , conj . : and

not, nor [ ne,“not ve

,and

"

j.

VOCAB ULARY.

u i (old form n e i ) , co nj. [ identical wi thne,

“not

”

J. As a condi tional particle :if not, unless.

iger, ta, rum, adj. : black,n i h i l . indecl . subst. [ ne, not,

" hi lum ,

amark,

”orfi lum

, a thread n othing.

n imb -é sa s , 68a ,osum

,adj . [ n imb-u s,

a storm -clou d stormy , tempestuous,attended wi th many storms, etc.

n imb -u s ,i , m. : a black rai n -cloud,

a thunder-cloud , a storm-cloud [ seenubes].

n i tens , ntis : bright, glisten ing,shi n i ng.

pi té o ,d i ,

.

no sup.

,ere, 2 , v. n . : to

shi ne or be bright to gli tter, glisten .

n i V-é u s , éa, cum,

adj. [ nix, nivis,snow snow-whi te

,snowy.

n o , avi , no sup. , are, l , v. n. : to swim[ root NA,

“to swim cf. navis , nauta,

natare vafig, Vti GtV, va is'

,

n é d u s ,i , m. : a knot.

n é m en , mi nis, n. [ no-sec], a name ;renoum,

‘

repu tati on , fame.

non , adv. : not [ forne-unum, notone

nos -ter. tra, trum , pron. poss. [ nos,plur. of ego], of or belongi ng to us our.

116 -tu s , ta, tum , adj. [ no-sco,

“to

know known, wel l -known .

novem , num. adj. indecs ne.

n évi tas , Itati s, t. [ nev-u s,“new

newness.

n5v-u s , a, um, adj. : new, fresh [ pronomi nal root NU ; cp. vfw, veFos . nu nc,

novus].

nox , nocti s, f. : n ight [ root NAK,

“ to

perish cp. ven tis, vexpés z nex, necare,

nocere].

mom se, t. [ for noc-sa ; fr. noc-éo,to hurt d fau lt, og

'ence,

nfi b -es , i s, f. : a cloud [ root NABn, to

swell c yédos, m i en}, bb aAéS‘ : .ne

hu la,nim us, imber, umbi li cu s, l lmbO].

mi d -o , avi , atum,are, 1 , v. a. [mi dus,

naked to make naked or bare ; to laybare, exp ose to vi ew.

mi d -a s ,a,um

,adj. : naked , bare, un

covered.n -u l lu s , u lla ,

ul lum (gen. nu ll i us dat.

nulli ) , ad j. [ for ne-u llus ; fr. ne,

“not

u llu s, any” J , not any, none, no.

n i l -m en . mi nis, n . [ nu-o,“ to nod

command , wi l l. O f the gods : d i vi ne

wi l l or power ; godhead, d ivi n i ty ; a

dei ty,whether a god orgoddess.

n i’

l m O é ruS , eri , m . : a number [ rootNEM,

“to allot cp. véuew,

vouos : nemus,

h ummus].

n u n -c, adv. noun—nunc nunc,at one time ” . . d l another

time [ see novus].

nu n ti -o , avi , atum , are , v. a. [ fornovven-tio ; fr. novus, new ven-io, I

to carry or br ing a message orintel l igence about to announce.

n fi tr’

im en tum , menti , n. [ nutrl-o .

to nou rish"

1. Of a fire : M ,as that

which feeds the flame.

nfi trix , ci s, t. a nurse.

N pha . as , f. : a nymph ; a dem igod ess, inhabiting either the sea, rivers,woods

, trees, ormountains [mam].

o , interj . : 0 16b , prep. gov. To indicate object

or canse : on account of , i n consequenceof [ ak in to e

’

u

Objec-tu s , hi s, i n . [ for objactus ; fr.objicio ,

“ to cast before,”ob

,

“ in frontoi ;

”rt. JAc, to throw a casting or

placi ng before or i n the way an opposi ng, apposi te p osi tion.

ob -rfi o , rui , rutum, ruere, 3, v. 8 . [ oh,wi thout force ruo, to throw downwith violence to overthrow

, overwhelm.

ob -seu -ru s , ra, rum , adj. : dark, dim[ ob

“over

”root SKU

“to covert g 0

scutum].

O h -sto , sti ti , statum, stare

, 1 , v. n.

[ oh,“over against sto], towi thstand,

oppose, present an obstacle.

ob -sti p esco , etipui , no sup. , stipescére, 3, v. n . i nch. [ oh, without forcestipesco,

“to become amazed to be

come amazed, to be struck wi th amaze

obtfi -su s , sa, sum, adj. [ for obtud .

sus ; fr. obtundo,“ to beat ag ai nst

hence ,“ to blunt

”

J. Mentally : blunted ,

du ll, i nsensi ble, etc.

Ob tfi -tu s , tus , m. [ obtti -eor,“to look

at” J, a look, gaze.

oh -vi -u s ,a, urn, adj. [ oh, towards

vi -o,

“ to go on one'

s way, to travel"

)goi ng or com i ng to meet meetingf a l li ng in wi th.

occé -su s ,sits, m . [ for occad -sus ; tr.

occid-o,

“to peri sh through root cm ],

overthrow,ru in , destru cti on .

oc-cfi b o , no pert. -nor sup. , are, 1 , v.

n. [ foroh-cubo ; fr. oh, wi thou t forcecubo

,

“to l ie down to rest or repose

with the dead.

oc-cfi l -o . ui , turn , ere, 3, v. a. [ for ob.

cui -o fr. oh, over root can (seeeel -o) ,

“ to cover”

1, to hide , orconcea l.

VOCABULARY.

occu ltu s , a,um : [ see occh io], hi d

den , secret.

OC -cum bo . chhui , cilbltum , cumbera,8, v. n. [ for ob cumbo ; tr. ob,

“ withou t

force obsol . cumbo, to l ie down J, tol ie down in death tofal l, perish.

oc-cu rro , curri and cucurri , cursum,

currcre, 3, v. n. [ for oh-curro ; fr. ob,“towards curro,

“to run to meet,

come in the way of .

é cé én u s , i , m. : the ocean am use].

50 11111 5 , an, m . : an eye [ ak in to Gr.

alt -09 , root AK,“to see

"

1.

scrum , i i , n . [ ou-i ,“to hate 1, hatred,

hate, i ll-wi l l.

6d -or, oris, m. : a scen t, odour [ rooton ; akin to Gr. 59» also Lat.

bl-cc,“ to emi t a smell to “

smel l of"

l.

O fi é ro , obtuli , oblatuni , ofi erre, v. a.

irreg. [ for oh- féro ; fr. ob,“towards

fero , to to prese nt, shew.

o f-fi'

c-i um , Ii n . [ for op-iaci um ; fr.

(ops), op-is,

“

aid ; faco io,

“to

a ki ndness, favour, courtesy.

.

é l -im ,adv. [ for oll -im ; fr. oll -e, old

form of ill -e]. Of future time : i n time

to come ; at some time or other, here

after.

O lli , old form of il li , dat. of il le .

G m en ,min is

,n . [ for or-men ; fr. or-o,

to speak” J , a prognosti c, or omen of

any ki nd . In the poets, sometim es ;

marri age, nupti a ls, as being always pre

ced ed by the tak ing of auguries and the

noti ng of the omens.

omn -i alie ns , pbtentis, adj. [ omn -i s,rll ( i connecting vowel petens,

powerful al l -powerfu l , Omn ip otent.

omn i s , e , ad j. : a ll , every. As subst.

omnes , tum, comm. gen . plur. : a ll

persons, al l.

6n é r-o ,avi , atum , are, 1 , v. a. [ onus,

oner- is ,“a bu rden to bu rden , load.

Of l iqui ds , wi th abl. : to stow in .

6nu s , eri s, n . : a burden, load.

6n u s -tu s , ta, tum, ad j. [ for oner-tu s ;tr. buns, Onér

-i s,“a burden loaded,

laden, etc,

5p -imus , ima, imum , adj.(Op-s) , plur.

op-es, wealth wealthy, rich.

opp é ri or, péri tus and pertns

peri ti , 4, v. dep. : towaitf or.

op-pé to , péti vi and peti i , peti tum ,

pé té re, 3, v. a. [ for oh-

peto ; fr. oh,

“ towards peto,“ to go to go to

meet to encou nter. Wi th elli pse of

mortem (which is sometimes ex ressed

to encounter death, i. s. , to ie, fa

perish.

op -

pr‘

im o , press i , pressum, primers8, v. a. [ fo r oh-

premo ; fr. oh, aga inst ;prEmo, to press to crush, overwhe lm.

Op-S , is (nom. sing. does not occur

dat. i s found perhaps only once) , 1. [ probfor ap

-s ; fr. root AP, whence it iscor,“ to p ower, m ight,

‘

i ty ;means or resources of any ki nd ; wea lth,riches.

tum, ti re, 1 , v. a. : toWi th inf. : to wish to

select. Pass : 0p ~t0r,ti tus sum , tari [ aki n to root AP,

“ todesire to obtai n

6p -u1en tus . ulenta, ulentum, adj.[ Op-es,

“ wealth"

1. Wi th abl . : rich, orwea lthy wi th or i n.

6p u s , eris, n . : work, emp loyment.

Ora , se , t. Of the land : coast, seacoast ; country,

orb i s , i s, m . : a ci rcle, orbit, orborbis terrarum

, or orbis alone (the circleof lands, the world , the earth. 0 !thi ngs that return at a certa in period oftime : ci rcu it.

ordi or, orsus sum, ordi ri , 4, v. dep

to begi n, commence.

ord -o , ln is, m. [ ord -ior,“ to

arrangement, order; a row,l i ne ; order,

ori an s , nti s. As subst. : the East, as

the quarterwhere the sun rises.

5r-i go , igin is, f. [ br‘lon to arisehence,

“ to a begi nning, commencement, origin ; bi rth

, descent,l i ne age.

6r-i or, tus sum, lri , 3 and 4, v. dep. :

to ri se. orbi rth : to spring, or descendfrom [ prob. akin to ti p

-yum,

“to stir

upn

].

om é -tu s , tus, m. [ orn(a) -o,“to

ad orn” J, dress, atti re, apparel.

6 r»o ,avi , atum, are, 1 , v. a. [ os, op is,

the mou th to beg, imp lore, entreat.

O ron tes , is, (gen. Orontei, v. m.

Oron tes, a chief of the Lycii , one of thecompan ions of E neas.

os , 6ris (gen . plur. not found) , n . : themou th ; at v. 245 the mouth of a river;the f ace, countenance.

O S , ossis, n. : a bone [ akin to Gr.

barcov].

os -cfi l um , culi , n. [ for or-oulum ; tr.os, or

-is]. a k iss.

os -ten d o,tendi , tensum, tendére 3,

v. a. [ for obs-tendo ; fr. obs “ before or overagainst tendo,

“to stretch

to show, poi nt out.

l 38 VOCABULARY.

t.e. , the beating thing cp. n hrjaa ew ,

n hnyrj : plango, plaga, plccto , or fromu n is, wharf) ;

“ flat cp. aequor, fr.

aequu s].

p el lo , pépul i , pu lsum, pellére, 3, v. a. :

to dri ve ou t or away [ root PAR , to go

hence ,“to cau se to go ;

”cp. n epdw

n dpog, n opou éc, n opeu'

w z porta, portus ,

Eng. fare, i n

p e lta ,se, f. : a elta, i .e. , a target or

s ma ll l ight shield ( to the shape of a half

moon ) [ root PAD,“ to cover ; op. n aiAAa

pel lis].

p é n d é o , pé end i, no sup. , pendere, 2,

v. n . : to hang own ; to be su spended ; tobe up l if ted in the air to overhang.

pé n-é tro , étravi , étratum, Etrare, 1 ,

v. n . [ root PEN, denoting the idea of“entering,

” “the interior to enter,

penetrate.

pé n .i tu s , adv. deep ly, f arwi thin ; wholly, thoroughly, comp letely.

pé nu s , us and i , m. and f. [ see pater],food , provis ions.

p ep lum . n. , and p ep lu s , i , m .

[ see pelta] ( the robe of state of Minervaat Athens, wi th which her statu e wassolemnly invested every five years, at

the festival cal led Panathenaea ; hence) ,a sp len did or sumptuous upper robe or

garment a robe of state.

pé r, prep. gov. ace. case : through

Of time : t rough, throughout, duri ng ,

a ll over, throughou t, a long.

pé r-é g

'

r-O , avi , atum , are, 1 , v. a.

(per, through ager, agr-i,

“a field

to wander abou t, or through ; to traverse.

p er-cello , cah , cu1sum, cellere, 3, v.

a. lper in“augmentative force cello,

“ to impel”l, to stri ke, whether physica lly

ormentally.

p ercfi ti o , ere, cu ssi , cussum [ per,intens i ve ; qual io, to stri ke.

p er-fero ,

tul i , latum , ferre, v. a.

irreg. [ per, withou t force few,

“toWi th personal pron .

,in re

flexive force : to bear or betake one’

s self.

p er-fl o , fiavi , flatum, flare. 1 , v. a.

per,“through flo

,

“ to to

low through.

p er-go , rexi , rectum, gore, 3, v. n .

[ for per-rego ; fr. per,“

qu ite ; rego,“ to make to proceed, go on.

In speak i ng : O f one who has not yet

Spoken to begi n and go on to proceed.p é ri

-cfi l um , culi , [ obsol . péri - or,to try

"

1, danger, pen t.

per-lab or, lapsus sum, labi , 3, v. dep .

[ pér, through labor,

to gl ide

Ct

to glide through ; to pass wi th gli d ingmotion along to skim a long.

per-m i scé o , m isc-Di , mistum and

m i xtum,m isccre, 2

,v. a. (per,

“thoroughly miscee

,

“ to mix tomi ngle together, i nter

-mi ngle.

per-m i tto , mi si , m issum ,m ittere, 3,

v. a. I Er, through m itto,

“to allow

to go’

1, to gran tp erm i t, suffer, etc.

p er-solvo solvi,solfitum ,

solvere, 3,

v. a. [ per. completely solvo,

’

“to

Of a recompense, thanks : toretur n

,render.

p er-sén o scum

, son itum, wh i te, 1 ,v. a . [ per, withou t force sono,

“to

sou nd forth hence , to pour forth insong, tofi ll wi th song.

p er-tem p to ,

temptavi , tempt-3mm ,

temptare, 1,v. a. .per,

“ thoroughlytempto,

“ to handle ; hence,“ to try

’

to p ervade.p é s . pedisuma a foot [ root PAD

,

“ to

go cp . fl arew ,n ofis, rréSn Eng. foot].

p es-ti s , tis, f. [ prob. forperd -tis ; fr.

perd-o, “to destroy ” J, destructi on , m i n.

p é to ,Ivi or i i , i tum , ere, 3, v. a. : to

seek, to proceed to ortowards ; to desire,to ask for ; to endeavou r to obta in ; to

stri ve af ter [ root PAT,“to fly ;

”cp.

n é-n r-ew,n érou at : penua (=pet-na) , im

pet-us].

pharé tra , ae,

'

f. : a qu ivera qu iver,

”as being

“thatwhich carries

arrows].

p i c-tura , tfirae, f. [ for pigotfin ; fr.

p i(n)g-o,“to paint ; through root P lG ;

cp. n otx tAog : p i ctus], a pa inting, picture,Whether i n painti ng, mosa ic, orany othermode of del i neation .

p i~ é tas , etatis, f. [ pi -us ; see pius],

p iety wi th respect to the gods aj‘

ecti on,du tif u lness, love, tendern ess ; loyalty,

p atri oti sm.

p i (n )go , pinxi , pictum, pingére, 3, v.

a. to paint hence, of needlework) , toembroi der.

pingu i s , e, adj. : fat.

p i -u s , a, um , adj. Of persons : p ious,devou t, ju st [ root PU, “ to pu ri fy cp.

nup : purus, putare].

p l é C -é o , i ii , i tum , ere, 2 v. n . : to

p lease. Impers. : placi tum (est) , i t hasp lea sed (me) ; i .e. , i t is my wi ll .

p l é c-i d u s , ida, idum , abj. [ pli c-eo,“to please J, gentle, calm , mi ld , peace

fu l , placi d.p lac

-o ,avi

,atum, are, 1 v. a. [ prob.

ak in to plac-cc,

“ to please"i, to pact/

"

1,

appease, calm .

VOCAB ULARY

i lé géa se, 1. Of the sky : a region,

b l ot [ root PLAT, “to extend cp.

wAd‘roq, wh i m,nAdTavos : planta, latus

platessa].

p lau-su s , 8118, m. [ forplau d -sus ; fr.

plaud-o,

“to clap ;

”hence, to

app lause.

lé -nu s ,na, num , adj. [ plé -o,

“ to

ti] filled, fu ll. W ith gen . : fi lled wi th,full of [ root PAL ,

“to fil l cp. n iu

-rr/‘cq

u i , ”Atom : n éAts, s ome : plere, plebs,

po-pu l

-us, amplus].

p lus. plfiri s, (plur. p lfi res , plnra) ,comp. adj. (see mu ltu s) , con tr. and

changed fr. pie-or ; PAL, root of pie-o,“ to fi ll comparative sufii x

more, several , verymany.

p lfi -rim u s , rima, rimum,sup . ad

’

.

( see mu ltus) [ PLE, root of p160,“to fi ll

”1.Of size : very great, very large, vast.

plfi-vi us ,

via, V ium, adj. [phi -o,“ to

rai n’ for swim root PLU cp. mew ,

mwn w : plui t, plorare, pl uma Eng.

flood], ra iny ; attended wi th or bri ngi ngrai n.

pé-cfi l fim , cul i , n. : a cup , goblet

[ root P0,“to drink cp . mfvew ,

mi d i s

potio, bibo].

p o en a , ae, L : satisfacti on for an

offence committed [ root PU, to puri fysee pi us].

po l li'

cé or, lici tus sum, li eeri , 2, v. dep.

a. and n . [ for pot-liceor ; fr. i nseparable

prefix pot,“ much ; l icéor,

“to bid

”at

an aucti on], to hold f orth or prom ise a

thi ng.

p51u s , i , m. [ root PAL ,“ to go ;

hence ,“ the turning thing ; cp. av s,

woAéw], heaven, the heavens.

p ond-u s , éris, n . [ for

{end -us ; fr.